JP2013244069A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of enhancing an interest of a player who expects the continuation of a state where a jackpot probability is high.SOLUTION: A main control CPU executes before-start fall determination (step Sd1) on whether a probability variable state is shifted to a non-probability variable state and before-start small win determination on whether a small win game can be granted (step Sd6) by using a value of each kind of random number used by special symbol start processing of a special symbol variation game before start of the special symbol variation game, and outputs a read-ahead command capable of identifying each determination result. A performance control CPU selects a content pattern capable of identifying the performance contents of a second scenario performance based on each determination result that can be identified from an inputted read-ahead command, and displays the second scenario performance on a performance display device based on the selected content pattern.

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine capable of controlling a jackpot probability that a determination result of jackpot determination is affirmative to a low probability and a high probability.

  Conventionally, in a pachinko gaming machine which is a type of gaming machine, a symbol variation game is executed based on a determination result of a jackpot determination that is triggered by detection of a ball entering the starting port, and various types of game related to the symbol variation game are performed. By performing the game production, the interest of the player is improved.

  As such a game effect, when the value of the random number for determining the big hit is acquired in response to the detection of the entrance to the start opening, the determination result of the big hit determination using the acquired value of the random number for determining the big hit is In some cases, it is determined in advance whether or not it is affirmative and executed according to the contents of the effect according to the determination result (for example, Patent Document 1).

JP-A-11-342245

  By the way, in the conventional pachinko gaming machine, after the big hit game is finished, a probability fluctuation state that fluctuates the big hit probability with high probability is given, and the probability fluctuation state is transferred using a predetermined determination random number. In some cases, the process is terminated on the condition that an affirmative determination is made. In such a pachinko gaming machine, in addition to the determination result of the jackpot determination being affirmative, even if the determination result of the jackpot determination is not affirmative, the player is determined to be affirmative in the transition determination. Without expectation, the probability fluctuation state will continue.

  However, the pachinko gaming machine disclosed in Patent Document 1 executes a game effect based on a prior determination result of jackpot determination. Therefore, as described above, a game effect that focuses on the characteristics of the pachinko gaming machine that ends the probability variation state based on the determination result of the transition determination is executed, and the player who expects to continue the state where the jackpot probability is high probability It is expected to further enhance interest.

  The present invention has been made paying attention to the problems existing in the above-mentioned prior art, and the purpose thereof is a gaming machine that can enhance the interest of a player who expects to continue a state where the probability of jackpot is high. Is to provide.

  In order to solve the above-described problem, the invention according to claim 1 executes the symbol variation game based on the determination result of whether or not the jackpot determination is made to grant the jackpot game in which the special winning opening is opened, In a gaming machine configured to enable control to shift the jackpot probability that the determination result of the jackpot determination is affirmative after the end of the jackpot game from low probability to high probability, main control means for controlling the entire machine, Sub-control means for controlling the execution of various game effects according to the control information output by the main control means, and the main control means is configured to reduce the jackpot probability as probability information that can identify the jackpot probability. Probability information storage means capable of storing low probability information that can be specified as a probability and high probability information that can specify that the jackpot probability is a high probability, and a game ball that has entered the start port is detected A detection signal input means for inputting a detection signal from the incoming ball detection means, and a hold memory for storing in the hold storage means the number of holds that is the number of symbol-variable games that have been put on hold, triggered by the input of the detection signal. Triggered by the input of the control signal and the detection signal, a random number value including a first determination random number value and a second determination random number value is acquired, and the acquired random number value is associated with the hold number Stored in the probability information storage means using the random number acquisition means to be stored in the random number storage means and the value of the first determination random number stored in the random number storage means at the start of the symbol variation game. The jackpot determination means for executing the jackpot determination with the jackpot probability that can be specified from the probability information, and when the determination result of the jackpot determination is negative, the value of the first determination random number used for the jackpot determination or A small game that gives a small hit game in which the special winning opening is opened and does not shift the big hit probability by using another random number value acquired with the input of the same detection signal as the first determination random number value. If the determination result of the jackpot determination means to execute the jackpot determination of whether or not to win, and the determination result of the jackpot determination is affirmative, the opening mode of the special winning opening is controlled to give a jackpot game, When the determination result of the small hit determination is affirmative, an opening mode control means for controlling the opening mode of the special winning opening to give a small hit game, and the symbol variation game is based on the determination result of the big hit determination When executed, the jackpot probability is changed from a high probability to a low probability based on the value of the second determination random number obtained by the input of the same detection signal as the value of the first determination random number used for the jackpot determination. Transition to A probability information control means for storing the low probability information in the probability information storage means, and a value of a first determination random number used for jackpot determination in the symbol variation game before the start of the symbol variation game. And a pre-start information generation unit that generates control information that can identify various types of information related to the symbol variation game, using a random number value that is acquired with the same entry detection as Information output means for outputting the control information to the sub-control means, wherein the pre-start information generation means uses the second determination random number value to shift the jackpot probability from a high probability to a low probability. The transition information before start that can specify information regarding whether or not to be performed is generated as the control information, and the small hit determination using the random number value using the random number value used in the small hit determination Pre-start small hits information that can specify information on whether the determination result is affirmative is generated as the control information, and the hold number information that can specify the hold number stored in the hold storage means is the control information The sub-control means generates the jackpot probability from a high probability to a low value in the symbol change game before the start of the symbol change game based on the pre-start transition information input from the main control means. Based on pre-start transition determination means for performing a pre-start transition determination as to whether or not to shift to a probability, and before the start small hit information input from the main control means, prior to the start of the symbol variation game, Pre-start small hit determination means for executing a pre-start small hit determination whether or not the determination result of the small hit determination in the symbol variation game is affirmative, the determination result of the pre-start transition determination, and the pre-start A specific game that notifies at least one of the possibility that the big hit probability may be shifted from a high probability to a low probability and the possibility that the small hit game may be given based on the determination result of the hit determination Specific content pattern determination means for determining a specific content pattern that can specify the content of the effect of the effect, and the effect execution means based on the specific content pattern determined by the specific content pattern determination means, and control information from the main control means Effect execution control means for executing the specific game effect in at least a part of the period from the input of the number of symbols until the end of the variable number of games that can be specified by the hold number information. The summary is provided.

  According to a second aspect of the present invention, in the gaming machine according to the first aspect, the main control means includes a first determination random number used in the jackpot determination in the symbol variation game at the start of the symbol variation game. Start transition for determining whether to shift the jackpot probability from a high probability to a low probability using the value of the second determination random number acquired with the input of the same detection signal as the value A gist is further provided, wherein the probability information control means stores the low probability information in the probability information storage means when the judgment result of the start transition judgment is affirmative.

  According to a third aspect of the present invention, in the gaming machine according to the first or second aspect, the production execution control means can be specified by the hold number information after the control information is input from the main control means. If the small hit game is given during the period until the number of symbols of the reserved game is over, the specific game effect that has been started before the start of the small hit game is displayed after the end of the small hit game. The gist of the invention is that it can be continuously controlled.

  According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, in the gaming machine according to any one of the first to third aspects, the pre-start information generating unit is configured to execute the symbol variation game before the start of the symbol variation game. Using the value of the first random number for determination used in the jackpot determination, the pre-start jackpot information that can specify information regarding whether or not the determination result of the jackpot determination using the value of the first determination random number is affirmative is generated Based on the pre-start big hit information input from the main control means, the sub-control means determines the jackpot determination result in the symbol fluctuation game before the start of the symbol fluctuation game. Is further provided with a pre-start big hit determination means for performing a pre-start big hit determination whether or not is positive, the specific content pattern determination means, when the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is positive, When the determination result of the pre-start small hit determination is affirmative, and when the determination result of the pre-start small hit determination is negative and the determination result of the pre-start transition determination is positive, The gist is that a specific content pattern capable of specifying the same or substantially the same production content can be determined.

  According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, in the gaming machine according to any one of the first to fourth aspects, the main control means specifies a variation time of the symbol variation game based on a determination result of the jackpot determination. A variation pattern selection unit that selects a possible variation pattern; and a start time information generation unit that generates variation information that can identify the variation pattern selected by the variation pattern selection unit; and the information output unit includes: The information generated by the start time information generating means is output to the sub-control means, and the sub-control means displays a game based on a change pattern that can be specified by the change information input from the main control means. Game control means for controlling the means to display the symbol variation game, the variation pattern selection means, the determination result of the small hit determination is affirmative, In the case hit the determination result is negative, the gist that is selectably configured identifiable variation pattern of the same or substantially the same time varying.

  According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, in the gaming machine according to the fifth aspect of the invention, the sub-control means has the jackpot probability from a high probability to a low value when the change information is input from the main control means. A non-specific content pattern that can specify the production content of a non-specific game effect that informs at least one of the possibility of shifting to a probability and the possibility of being awarded the small hit game Specific content pattern determination means is further provided, and the performance execution control means controls the performance execution means based on the non-specific content pattern determined by the non-specific content pattern determination means, and the non-specific content pattern determination means controls the non-specific content pattern determination means during execution of the symbol variation game. The specific game effect is executed, and the non-specific content pattern determining means determines that the variation pattern identifiable by the variation information input from the main control means is the jackpot determination A variation pattern selected when the result is positive, a variation pattern selected when the determination result of the small hit determination is positive, and a determination result of the small hit determination is negative. And a non-specific content pattern capable of specifying the same or substantially the same production content when the probability information control means is a variation pattern selected when the probability information storage means stores the low probability information. Is configured to be selectable.

  According to the present invention, it is possible to enhance the interest of a player who expects to continue a state in which the jackpot probability is high.

The front view which shows the machine surface side of a pachinko machine. The front view which shows a game board. Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the kind of big hit (big hit symbol) and the small hit (small hit symbol). Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the transition mode of effect mode and effect mode. (A)-(p) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the execution aspect of a 1st scenario effect. (A)-(r) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the execution aspect of a 2nd scenario effect. (A)-(d) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the execution aspect of the 2nd holding | maintenance change effect performed in connection with a 2nd scenario effect. Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the execution aspect of a maintenance frequency notification effect and an additional frequency notification effect. The block diagram which shows the electrical constitution of a pachinko gaming machine. Explanatory drawing for demonstrating a 1st fluctuation pattern distribution table. Explanatory drawing for demonstrating a 2nd fluctuation pattern distribution table. Explanatory drawing for demonstrating a 3rd fluctuation pattern distribution table. The flowchart which shows the timer interruption process which CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the special symbol input process which CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the 1st prior determination process which CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the 2nd prior determination process which CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the command setting process for probability change states which CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the command setting process for probability change states which CPU for main control performs. (A) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the high-order command which comprises prefetch command, (b) And (c) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the low-order command which comprises prefetch command. The flowchart which shows the command setting process for uncertain change state which CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the special symbol start process which CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the special symbol start process which CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the operation flag setting process which CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the frequency trigger change shortening process which CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the lottery opportunity change process which the CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the normal symbol start process which CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the memory command setting process which CPU for main control performs. The flowchart which shows the prefetch command input process which CPU for production control performs. The flowchart which shows the 1st prefetch effect setting process which CPU for effect control performs. (A) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the 1st look-ahead effect determination table (for non-variable state), (b) is for demonstrating a 1st content pattern table (for 1st pending | holding change effects). Illustration. The flowchart which shows the 2nd prefetch effect setting process which CPU for effect control performs. Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the 2nd look-ahead effect determination table (for 1st variable period). The flowchart which shows the game start process which CPU for production control performs. Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the notice pattern selection table. Explanatory drawing which shows the production | presentation pattern list | wrist which can be selected in a non-variable state. Explanatory drawing which shows the production | presentation pattern list which can be selected in a 1st variable period. Explanatory drawing which shows the production | presentation pattern list | wrist which can be selected in a 2nd variable period. (A) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating a 2nd content pattern table (for 2nd scenario production), (b) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating a 3rd content pattern table (for 2nd change change production). . (A)-(h) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the specific example of the execution aspect of a continuation number alerting | reporting effect and an additional frequency notification effect. The flowchart which shows the game start process which CPU for presentation control performs in 2nd Embodiment. Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the frequency | count distribution table in 2nd Embodiment. (A) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the execution aspect of the continuous frequency notification effect in the 1st variable period in 2nd Embodiment, and the additional frequency notification effect, (b) is the 2nd variable period similarly. Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the continuation frequency notification effect in and the additional frequency notification effect. The flowchart which shows the special symbol start process which CPU for main control in 3rd Embodiment performs.

(First embodiment)
A first embodiment in which the present invention is embodied in a pachinko gaming machine which is a kind of gaming machine will be described below with reference to FIGS.

  As shown in FIG. 1, a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as “gaming machine”) 10 has a vertical rectangular shape in which various game components are set on the front side of the opening of an outer frame 11 that forms the outer frame of the machine body. The frame 12 is assembled so as to be open and detachable, and a front frame 13 is assembled on the front side of the middle frame 12 so as to be opened and closed and detachable.

  A counter 13a is formed in the central portion of the front frame 13 when viewed from the front, and an upper plate (storage tray) 14 that can store a game ball as a game medium of the gaming machine 10 is provided below the counter 13a. Are integrally formed. Further, on the back side of the front frame 13, a protective glass of a size that protects the game board 15 disposed inside the machine and covers the window 13a is assembled. The game board 15 is mounted on the middle frame 12. On the front side of the front frame 13, there is a decoration lamp 16 as an effect execution means (light emission effect execution means) for executing a light emission effect as a game effect by light emission (lighting or blinking) of a light emitter (LED, lamp, etc.). Is provided. In addition, a speaker 17 is provided as an effect executing means (sound effect executing means) for outputting various sounds and executing a sound effect as a game effect based on the sound output.

  In addition, a lower tray (storage tray) 18 for storing game balls overflowing from the upper tray 14 is mounted on the front side of the middle frame 12 and at the lower portion of the front frame 13. Further, on the front side of the middle frame 12 and to the right of the lower plate 18, a launching device 19 that is turned (launched) by a player when the game ball is fired on the game board 15 is mounted. Yes. In the gaming machine 10, when the player holds the launching handle 19 a of the launching device 19 and rotates it, the game balls stored in the upper plate 14 are taken into the machine one by one and directed toward the game board 15. Fired.

Next, the configuration of the game board 15 will be described in detail with reference to FIG.
As shown in FIG. 2, on the front surface of the game board 15, a guide rail 20 that guides a game ball launched by operating the launch handle 19a and forms a substantially circular game area 15a that is the main body of the game is circular. It is laid in a spiral. By this guide rail 20, a game ball guide path 15 b extending from the lower left to the upper left of the game board 15 is formed on the game board 15, and a substantially circular game area 15 a is formed inside the guide rail 20. It is formed. Further, the outside of the game area 15a which is the front surface of the game board 15 and outside the guide rail 20 is a non-game area 15c which is not directly involved in the pachinko game.

  At the most downstream side of the guide path 15b, a reverse prevention valve 20a for preventing the game ball launched from the guide path 15b to the game area 15a from returning to the guide path 15b is provided. The reverse return prevention valve 20a is fixed to the tip end of the guide rail 20 located on the most downstream side of the guide path 15b.

  In the center of the gaming board 15 of the gaming machine 10, an effect execution means having an image display unit GH of a liquid crystal display type, an effect display means, and an effect display device 21 as a game display means are arranged. The effect display device 21 includes a symbol variation game that is displayed by variably displaying a plurality of symbol sequences (three columns in the present embodiment), as various game effects executed in relation to the symbol variation game. The display effect is displayed as an image. In the present embodiment, in the symbol variation game of the effect display device 21, a symbol combination (display result) including a plurality of columns (three columns in the present embodiment) is derived. The symbol variation game of the effect display device 21 is performed using decorative symbols (effect symbols) for diversifying display effects. In the following description, the decorative pattern is simply indicated as “decorative diagram”.

  In addition, an 8-segment type first special symbol display device 22 and a second special symbol display device 23 are arranged at the lower right of the effect display device 21. In the first special symbol display device 22 or the second special symbol display device 23, a symbol variation game is displayed in which a special symbol (hereinafter referred to as "special symbol") is varied and displayed. The special chart is a notification pattern showing the results of the internal lottery (big hit lottery) whether or not the special hit is a special hit and the internal lottery (small hit lottery) whether or not the small hit. In the following description, the symbol variation game of the first special symbol display device 22 is referred to as “first special symbol variation game”, and the special symbol used in the first special symbol variation game is denoted as “special diagram 1”. In addition, the symbol variation game of the first special symbol display device 22 is indicated as “second special symbol variation game”, and the special symbol used in the second special symbol variation game is denoted as “special symbol 2”. In the following description, when the first special figure fluctuation game and the second special figure fluctuation game are collectively shown, they are referred to as “special figure fluctuation game”. In the following description, when “special drawing” is simply indicated, both the special drawing 1 and the special drawing 2 are shown.

  In the first special symbol display device 22 and the second special symbol display device 23, special symbols selected from a plurality of types of special symbols according to the result of the winning lottery (big hit lottery or small hit lottery) are displayed. A fixed stop display is displayed upon completion of the figure variation game. Multiple types of special charts are classified into a jackpot symbol as a jackpot display result capable of recognizing a jackpot, a small hit symbol as a jackpot display result capable of recognizing a jackpot, and an outlier symbol capable of recognizing a loss. . When the big hit symbol is displayed with a fixed stop, the player is given a big hit game, and when the small hit symbol is displayed with a fixed stop, the player is given a small hit game. Therefore, the special figure variation game of the present embodiment can be grasped as a result derivation effect for deriving a winning lottery result (a big hit lottery result and a small hit lottery result).

  In the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, when the special figure variation game is started, the special symbol start process that is executed when the special figure variation game is started is executed (executed on the internal processing of the gaming machine 10). When it is viewed from the player, it will be the time when the special figure (and decoration) starts to change. The special symbol start process will be described in detail later. Strictly speaking, there is very little time between the start of the special symbol start process executed internally in the gaming machine 10 and the start of the fluctuation of the special figure (and decoration drawing) visually recognized by the player. There is a time difference. In this specification, “simultaneous” and “same time” are intended to include cases where there is a time difference within the range that a player can recognize as “simultaneous” and “same time” including such a time difference. doing.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the special figure variation game ends, when the variation time of the special figure variation game determined in the special symbol start process has elapsed in the internal processing of the gaming machine 10. Thus, when viewed from the player, the special figure (and decorative drawing) is displayed at a fixed stop. The special figure variation game of the present embodiment is executed once from the special figure variation start (start of the special symbol start process) to the fixed stop display (elapse of variation time).

  The effect display device 21 displays a plurality of types of decorations for each symbol row. In each symbol row, when the symbol variation game is started, symbol variation (vertical scroll variation) is started in a predetermined variation direction. Symbol variation (variable display) means that a symbol or symbol string is operating while changing the type of symbol displayed in the effect display device 21, the first special symbol display device 22, and the second special symbol display device 23. State.

  The effect display device 21 is configured with a display area larger than that of the first special symbol display device 22 and the second special symbol display device 23, and the decorative drawing is displayed much larger than the special symbol. For this reason, the player can recognize the big hit, the small hit, or the loss from the decoration drawing exclusively displayed on the effect display device 21. The effect display device 21 displays a display result corresponding to the display result of the special figure variation game. More specifically, when the big hit symbol (big hit display result) is displayed in a special stoppage game, the big hit symbol (big hit display result) is also confirmed and stopped on the effect display device 21. In the present embodiment, the jackpot symbol by the decorative drawing is a symbol combination (for example, [222], [777], etc.) in which the symbols in all the rows are the same symbol.

  In addition, when the small hit symbol (small hit display result) is confirmed and stopped in the special figure changing game, the small hit symbol (small hit display result) is also confirmed and stopped on the effect display device 21. In the special figure variation game, when the off symbol (out of line display result) is confirmed and stopped, the off symbol (out of line display result) is confirmed and stopped on the effect display device 21. In the present embodiment, the small hit symbol and the off symbol by the decorative drawing are all symbol combinations in which the symbols in all the columns are different (for example, [135]), or the symbols in one column are the symbols in the other two columns. Is a symbol combination (for example, [767] or the like) that is a symbol different from. As described above, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, among the symbol combinations of the decorative illustrations, the symbol combination of the decorative symbols excluding the big hit symbol (hereinafter referred to as “non-big hit symbol”) is set as the off symbol and the small bonus symbol. doing. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is difficult to recognize which is a small hit or out of the symbol combination derived in the symbol variation game of the decorative drawing.

  Further, in the effect display device 21, the variation of the symbol sequence is stopped in the order of the left column → the right column → the middle column as viewed from the player side, and the decoration drawing is temporarily stopped for each symbol column by the variation stop. In this embodiment, a symbol combination in which a plurality of specific columns (two left and right columns) have the same symbol is a reach symbol combination. Note that the temporary stop display is a state in which the symbol is displayed in a fluctuation state, and the fixed stop display is a state in which the symbol is fixed and stopped. In this embodiment, among the plurality of symbol columns, the left column is the first stop column, the right column is the second stop column, the middle column is the third stop column (final stop column), and the left column and the right column form a reach. It becomes a reach formation line.

  In the effect display device 21 of the present embodiment, after the reach is formed in the symbol variation game, the symbol combination (big hit symbol, small hit symbol, or off symbol) is finally derived. A reach effect is performed as one of the display effects (game effects). In the present embodiment, a normal reach effect and a super reach effect that is performed by developing the contents of the effect after deriving the middle row of symbols in the normal reach effect or during the change of the middle row are prepared as the reach effect. In the special figure fluctuation game, when the fluctuation of the special figure is started, the fluctuation of the special figure is continued until the fluctuation time elapses without performing the reach effect. In addition, the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured such that the first special figure variation game and the second special figure variation game are not executed simultaneously.

  Above the first special symbol display device 22, a first special symbol hold display device 22a having a plurality (two in this embodiment) of first special symbol hold light emitting units is disposed. The first special symbol hold display device 22a notifies the player of the stored number of start hold balls for the first special figure variation game stored inside the machine. In the following description, the memory number of the starting reserved ball for the first special figure variation game (special figure 1) is indicated as “first reserved memory number”. The first reserved memory number is incremented by 1 when a game ball enters (wins) the first start prize opening 24 arranged on the game board 15, while 1 is subtracted by the start of the first special figure variable game. Is done. Therefore, when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 24 during the first special figure variation game, the first reserved memory number is further added and accumulated up to a predetermined memory upper limit number (4 in this embodiment). Is done. The first reserved memory number indicates the number of times of the first special figure variation game whose execution is suspended. In the present embodiment, the first reserved memory number becomes the reserved number and the first reserved number.

  Above the second special symbol display device 23, a second special symbol hold display device 23a having a plurality (two in this embodiment) of second special symbol hold light emitting units is disposed. The second special symbol hold display device 23a informs the player of the stored number of start hold balls for the second special figure variation game (special figure 2) stored inside the machine. Hereinafter, the stored number of the starting reserved balls for the second special figure variation game is indicated as “second reserved stored number”. The second reserved memory number is incremented by 1 when a game ball enters (wins) the second start prize opening 25 disposed on the game board 15, while 1 is subtracted by the start of the second special figure variable game. Is done. Accordingly, when a game ball enters the second start winning opening 25 during the second special figure variation game, the second reserved memory number is further added and accumulated up to a predetermined memory upper limit number (4 in this embodiment). Is done. The second reserved memory number indicates the number of times of the second special figure variable game whose execution is suspended. In the present embodiment, the second reserved memory number becomes the reserved number and the second reserved number.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the above-described first reserved memory number and second reserved memory number are also notified in the effect display device 21. In the image display unit GH of the effect display device 21, there is a hold as the hold display information corresponding to each of the start holding balls for the special figure 1 (the first special figure variation game being held) stored inside the machine. First hold display areas 21a to 21d for displaying the image G are set. Similarly, in the image display unit GH of the effect display device 21, the reserved image G is made to correspond to each of the start reserved balls for the special figure 2 (the second special figure variation game being held) stored inside the machine. 2nd display area 21p-21s for displaying is set.

  The hold image G displayed in the first hold display area 21a is a start hold ball for the special figure 1 (first hold) stored first among the start hold balls for the special figure 1 stored inside the machine. Corresponding to the stored number = 1), the reserved image G displayed in the first reserved display area 21b corresponds to the starting reserved ball for the special figure 1 stored first (first reserved stored number = 2). To do. In addition, the hold image G displayed in the first hold display area 21c is the start hold ball for special figure 1 that is stored third fastest among the start hold balls for special figure 1 that are stored inside the machine. Corresponding to (the first reserved memory number = 3), the reserved image G displayed in the first reserved display area 21d is the starting reserved ball for the special figure 1 stored first (latest) (first) This corresponds to the reserved memory number = 4).

  In addition, the hold image G displayed in the second hold display area 21p is the start hold ball for the special figure 2 (the first one stored among the start hold balls for the special figure 2 stored inside the machine). 2, the reserved image G displayed in the second reserved display area 21q corresponds to the start reserved ball for the special figure 2 stored second earlier (second reserved memory number = 2). Corresponding to In addition, the hold image G displayed in the second hold display area 21r is the start hold ball for special figure 2 that is stored third fastest among the start hold balls for special figure 2 that are stored inside the machine. Corresponding to (second hold memory number = 3), the hold image G displayed in the second hold display area 21s is the start hold ball for the special figure 2 (second) stored fourth fastest (latest). This corresponds to the reserved memory number = 4). Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect display device 21 also functions as a hold display unit.

  A normal symbol display device 26 is disposed below the first special symbol display device 22 and the second special symbol display device 23. In the normal symbol display device 26, a normal symbol variation game (hereinafter referred to as a “normal game”) is displayed in which a plurality of types of normal symbols (hereinafter referred to as “general symbols”) are displayed in a variable manner. The usual figure gives a game per ordinary figure (ordinary game) that improves the rate of entering the second starting prize opening 25 by opening the opening and closing blades 27 of the second starting prize opening 25 described later. It is an information pattern for showing the result of the internal lottery (lottery per common figure) whether or not per ordinary figure (ordinary hit).

  On the right side of the normal symbol display device 26, a normal symbol hold display device 26a having a plurality of (two in this embodiment) general symbol hold light emitting units is disposed. The normal symbol hold display device 26a informs the player of the stored number of start-up hold balls for general symbols stored inside the machine. Hereinafter, the memory number of the starting reserved ball for the usual game is referred to as “usually reserved memory number”. The number of stored general-purpose drawings is incremented by “1” when a game ball passes (enters) to each of the operation gates 28a and 28b, which will be described later, disposed on the game board 15, while “ 1 "is subtracted. Accordingly, when the game ball passes through each of the operation gates 28a and 28b during the normal game, the normal map storage number is further added and accumulated up to a predetermined upper limit number ("4" in the present embodiment). The number-of-usual-game-holding memory indicates the number of times of the usual-game game whose execution is suspended. In the present embodiment, the special figure variation game and the ordinary figure game can be executed simultaneously.

  Below the effect display device 21, a first start winning port 24 as a first starting port having a first winning port 24a as a game ball entrance is disposed. A first start port switch SW1 (shown in FIG. 2) for detecting a game ball that has entered the ball is disposed in the back of the first start winning port 24. The first start winning opening 24 detects the entered game ball with the first start opening switch SW1, and thereby the start condition of the first special figure variation game and a predetermined number (for example, three) of winning balls are used. A game ball payout condition may be assigned. In the gaming machine 10 of this embodiment, the first start port switch SW1 detects a game ball that has entered the first start winning port 24, a first ball detection unit, a first ball detection unit, a special ball detection unit, and It functions as a start detection means.

  Further, below the first start prize opening 24, a second start prize opening as a second start opening having a second prize opening 25a as a game ball entry opening separately from the first start prize opening 24. 25 is arranged. The second start winning opening 25 is an ordinary electric accessory, and includes an opening / closing blade 27 as an opening / closing device (opening / closing means) that opens and closes by the operation of the ordinary electric accessory solenoid SOL1 (shown in FIG. 9). The open / close blade 27 is operable in an open state in which a game ball can easily enter the second start winning opening 25 and a closed state in which it is difficult (or impossible) to enter the game ball into the second start winning opening 25. . In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the second start winning opening 25 is opened by the opening operation of the opening and closing blades 27 during a game per game, so that the entrance rate of game balls is improved.

  A second start port switch SW2 (shown in FIG. 9) for detecting a game ball that has entered the ball is disposed behind the second start winning port 25. The second start winning opening 25 detects the entered game ball with the second start opening switch SW2, thereby detecting the start condition of the second special figure variable game and a predetermined number (for example, the same number as the first start winning opening 24). 3 or one less than the first start winning opening 24) can be provided as game ball payout conditions. In the gaming machine 10 of this embodiment, the second start port switch SW2 detects a game ball that has entered the second start winning port 25, a second ball detection unit, a second ball detection unit, a special ball detection unit, and It functions as a start detection means.

  A first operation gate 28 a is disposed on the left side of the effect display device 21. A first gate switch SW4 (shown in FIG. 9) is disposed in the back of the first operation gate 28a as normal ball detection means for detecting a passed (entered) game ball. The first actuating gate 28a can give the start condition for the usual game by detecting the passed game ball with the first gate switch SW4. A second operation gate 28b is disposed on the right side of the effect display device 21. A second gate switch SW5 (shown in FIG. 9) is disposed in the back of the second operation gate 28b as normal entry detection means for detecting a passed (entered) game ball. The second operation gate 28b can give the start condition of the usual game by detecting the passed game ball with the second gate switch SW5. Each operation gate 28a, 28b of the present embodiment is a normal start port different from each start winning port 24, 25.

  Also, below the second start winning opening 25 is a large winning opening 29 as a special winning opening provided with a large winning opening door 29a that opens and closes by the operation of the large winning opening solenoid SOL2 (shown in FIG. 9). It is installed. A count switch SW3 (shown in FIG. 9) for detecting a game ball that has entered the ball is disposed in the back of the big winning opening 29. The big winning opening 29 can give a payout condition of game balls as a predetermined number (for example, 9) of winning balls by detecting the gaming balls that have entered. The big winning opening 29 is opened by the opening operation of the big winning opening door 29a during the big hit game and the small hit game, thereby allowing the game balls to enter. For this reason, during the big hit game and the small hit game, the player can obtain a chance to win a prize ball. These big hit games and small hit games will be described later.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, a probability variation state (hereinafter referred to as “probability variation state”) is given as an advantageous gaming state advantageous to the player after the big hit game is finished. The probability variation state is advantageous to the player because the winning probability (hit probability, winning probability) of the big hit lottery varies from a low probability to a high probability and a big hit is likely to occur. In the present embodiment, a jackpot to which a probability variation state is given after the jackpot game ends is a probability variation jackpot. In the following description, a state where the probability variation state is not given may be indicated as “non-probability variation state”, and the end of the probability variation state may be denoted as “transition from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state (falling)”. .

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, whether to shift (fall) from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state is determined by the probability variation drop lottery, and the probability variation state described above is given the probability variation state after the end of the big hit game. Is awarded until winning the odd variation lottery or until a big hit is generated before winning the odd variation falling lottery. In the gaming machine 10 according to this embodiment, the probability of falling for the probability variation falling lottery is set to be lower than the big hit probability in the probability variation state. Even in the case where the probability variation falling lottery is performed, when the big hit lottery is won during the probability variation state, the state shifts to the non-probability variation state with the start of the big hit game.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, after the big hit game is ended, a fluctuation shortening state (hereinafter referred to as “shortening state”) is given as an advantageous gaming state advantageous to the player. In the variable state, when the fluctuation time of the general game that derives the lottery result of the lottery per drawing is not given the variable state (non-variable time shortened state, hereinafter referred to as “non-variable state”) It is shortened in comparison. Also, in the variable state, the winning probability of the lottery per normal drawing (ordinary winning probability) varies from a low probability to a high probability. In the variable state, when the lottery per normal map is won, the opening time of the open / close blade 27 based on the fact that one lottery per lot is won is longer than in the non-variable state.

  In this way, the variable state can be advantageous to the player because the opening / closing blade 27 operates advantageously for the player and the rate of entering the second start winning opening 25 per unit time is improved. The variable speed state is a state in which the opening time increases with an increase in the opening time per unit time of the opening and closing blade 27, and is also a state in which the entrance rate is improved by increasing the opening time. In the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, in the variable state, the special figure variation game (and the decorative pattern symbol variation game) is easily executed in a short variation time as compared to the case where the variable state is not given. Become. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the operation mode of the opening / closing blades 27 is determined by the winning probability of the lottery per base drawing, the variation time of the base drawing game, and the opening time of the opening / closing blades 27 based on one win in the lottery per base drawing. Composed. Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the operation mode of the opening / closing blade 27 in the non-variable state is a normal operation mode, and the operation mode of the opening / closing blade 27 in the variable state is a special operation mode. In the following description, the termination of the variable state may be indicated as “transition to a non-variable state (falling)”.

  In the present embodiment, the variable state is given until any one of a plurality of types of variable end conditions predetermined as conditions for ending the variable state is satisfied. Here, the variable end condition in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment will be described in detail.

In the gaming machine 10 of this embodiment, four variable end conditions are set: “number-of-times end condition”, “branch number end condition”, “lottery end condition”, and “big hit end condition”.
The “number-of-times end condition” indicates that a special variation game (and a decorative pattern design variation game) of a predetermined variable upper limit number of times (in this embodiment, 50 times or 100 times) after the jackpot game ends. This is a variable end condition that is satisfied by execution. When the number cut end condition is satisfied, the variable state ends when the above-mentioned special variation game (and decorative pattern variation game) for the maximum number of variations is completed.

  Further, the “branch count end condition” is executed after a jackpot game is ended, and a special figure variation game (and a decorative pattern symbol variation game) of a predetermined number of branches (in this embodiment, 100 times) is executed. Until this time, it is a variable end condition that is established by winning the probability variation drop lottery (falling to a non-probability variation state). When the branch number end condition is satisfied, the variable state ends when the special number variation game (and the decorative pattern symbol variation game) for the number of branches ends. In the present embodiment, this branch count end condition is the specific condition.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the branch count end condition is not satisfied if the odd variation falling lottery is not won between the end of the big hit game and the execution of the special number fluctuation game of the branch count. In this case, the variable state is continued without being triggered by the end of the special number variation game of the number of branches, and is given beyond the number of branches.

  The “lottery end condition” is a variable end condition that is satisfied by winning a chance change lottery when a variable state is given beyond the number of branches when the branch number end condition is not satisfied. . When the lottery end condition is satisfied, the variable state ends together with the probable change state when the probable change falling lottery is won.

  Further, the “hit end condition” is a change end condition that is established by winning a big hit lottery in a variable state and being awarded a big hit game. When the jackpot end condition is satisfied, the variable state ends when the jackpot game (opening effect) is started.

  The gaming state in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment includes a “non-changeable non-changeable state (normal state)” that is a non-changeable state and a non-probable change state, a non-changeable state and a positive change state “ There is a “probable state without change”, a “non-changeable state with change” that is a change state and a non-changeable state, and a “probable change state with change” that is a change state and a change state.

Next, the big hit and the small hit prescribed in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.
FIG. 3 shows the big hits and small wins in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, and the gaming benefits granted by the hits (the specifications of the hit game and the granting conditions of the variable state).

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the big hit lottery is won, one big hit is determined from the three types of big hits shown in FIG. 3, and the big hit game based on the determined big hit is given. Which of the three types of jackpots is to be determined is determined according to the type of special figure (jackpot symbol) determined when the jackpot lottery is won. In the present embodiment, as the special figure 1, one type of outlier symbol, 100 types of big hit symbol, and one type of small hit symbol are set, and as the special figure 2, one type of off symbol and 100 types of symbols are set. A big hit symbol and one kind of small hit symbol are set. These jackpot symbols are classified for each special figure.

  Special figure A has 10 symbols as the jackpot symbol of Special Fig. 1, Special figure B has 15 symbols as the jackpot symbol of Special Figure 1, and Special Fig. C has 75 symbols as the jackpot symbol of Special Figure 1. It is distributed. In the special symbol start process for starting the special figure variation game, the ratio of the big hit symbol of special figure 1 determined when winning the big hit lottery of special figure 1 is “10%” for special figure A, Special figure B is set to “15%” and special figure C is set to “75%”. This ratio is set according to the distribution mode of special figure distribution random numbers. Further, in the special figure D, one symbol is distributed as the small hitting symbol of the special figure 1.

  Special figure a has 50 symbols as jackpot symbol of special figure 2, special symbol b has 35 symbols as jackpot symbol of special figure 2, and special figure c has 15 symbols as jackpot symbol of special figure 2. It is distributed. In the special symbol start process, the ratio of the jackpot symbol of special figure 2 determined when winning the big bonus lottery of special figure 2 is “50%” for special figure a and “35%” for special figure b. The special figure c is set to “15%”. This ratio is set according to the distribution mode of special figure distribution random numbers. Further, in the special figure d, one symbol is distributed as the small hit symbol of the special figure 1.

In the following, game benefits (hit game, probability variation state, and variation state) given based on the jackpot of each of the special drawings A to C and ac will be described with reference to FIG.
The jackpots of the special figures A to C and a to c give a jackpot game as a game privilege. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the state where the big hit game is given is the big hit state, and the state where the big hit game is not given is the non-hit state. The jackpot game is started after the jackpot symbol is confirmed and stopped in the special figure variation game, and the special figure variation game ends. When the big hit game is started, an opening effect indicating the start of the big hit game is first performed. After the opening effect is completed, the round game in which the grand prize opening door 29a is opened is performed a plurality of times with a predetermined number of rounds as an upper limit (16 rounds in the present embodiment). One round game is performed until the opening / closing operation of the grand prize opening 29 is performed a predetermined number of times (in this embodiment, once). The number of game balls is released until either the first end condition for entering the ball or the second end condition for the specified time (round game time) to be satisfied is satisfied. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the prescribed number is set to 10 and the prescribed time is set to 25 seconds.

  Note that the round game time is the maximum time because each round game may end when the upper limit number of game balls enter. In round games, round effects are performed. Then, an ending effect indicating the end of the jackpot game is performed, and the jackpot game is ended. In the jackpot game of the present embodiment, the opening effect and the ending effect time are both set to 10 seconds, and the interval time between round games is set to 2 seconds.

  Further, the jackpots of the special drawings A to C and a to c give a probable change state after the jackpot game is over as the gaming privilege. Therefore, in the big hit based on the special drawings A to C and a to c, a big hit occurs between the end of the big hit game and the winning of the positive change falling lottery or the winning of the positive change falling lottery. Continue until

  In addition, for the big hits of the special figures A and a, after the big hit game is finished, either the number-of-times end condition or the big hit end condition is established as the change end condition, and the upper limit of change number is “100 times”. To set the variable state. Therefore, in the big hit based on the special figure A, a big hit occurs after the end of the big hit game until the end of the 100 special figure change games or the end of the 100 special figure change games. Until it is done, the variable state continues.

  In addition, for the big hits of the special figures B and b, after completion of the big hit game, any of the branch number end condition, the lottery end condition, and the big hit end condition is set as the variable end condition, and the branch number is “ The variable state set to “100 times” is given. Therefore, in the big hit based on the special figures B and b, after the big hit game is over, until the end of at least 100 special figure change games, or until the end of the 100 special figure change games, The variable state continues until it occurs. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the above-mentioned number of times of change upper limit and the number of branches are non-transition times. Also, in the big hit based on the big hits B and b, the variable state is changed on condition that the probability variation falling lottery is not won by the time the 100 special figure changing games are finished (the branch number end condition is not satisfied). It continues beyond 100 special figure fluctuation games. In this case, the short-running state continues until winning the odd variation falling lottery (indicated by “+ α” in FIG. 3) or until the big hit is generated before winning the positive variation falling lottery. .

  In addition, for the big hits of the special figures C and c, after the big hit game is finished, either the number cut end condition or the big hit end condition is established as the variable end condition, and the upper limit number of change is “50 times”. Gives the variable state set to. Therefore, in the big hit based on the special figures C and c, after the end of the big hit game, until the execution of the 50 special figure variable games or until the completion of the 50 special figure variable games. Until the big hit is generated, the variable state is continued.

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, when a big hit game is given, the probability variation state is given regardless of the type of the big hit, and the shortage state is given. In the following explanation, the big hit based on the special figures A and a is indicated as “variable 100 big hits”, the big hit based on the special figures B and b is indicated as “special variable short big hits”, and the big hit based on the special figures C and c May be indicated as “50 big hits for change”.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, a bonus that is given to a player with a jackpot is configured from the jackpot game, the probability variation state, and the shortage state. In the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, from the viewpoint of the length of the variable state (number of special-figure variable games) given after the end of the big hit game, the variable 50 big hit <the short change 100 times big hit < It becomes a big hit where a privilege with a large profit is given in the order of the special variable big hit.

  In the following explanation, the period from the end of the big hit game to the end of the special figure variation game of the number of branches (100 times), and the upper limit number of times of change (50 times or 100 times) after the big hit game ends. A period until the special figure variation game is ended is indicated as a first variable period T1. Further, in the present embodiment, when the branch number end condition is not satisfied, the second period is the time until the lottery end condition is satisfied after the period until the execution of the special number fluctuation game of the branch number ends. This is indicated as a variable period T2. In the present embodiment, the first variable period T1 is the first period, and the second variable period T2 is the second period.

Next, the small hits of symbols D and d will be described.
For small hits, a small hit game is given as a game bonus. The small hit game is started after the small hit symbol is confirmed and stopped in the special figure changing game and the special figure changing game is ended. In the small hit game of the present embodiment, 0 seconds is set as the effect time of the opening effect, and the opening effect is not substantially performed. In addition, in the small hit game, the opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 29 is performed a predetermined number of times (in this embodiment, once), and the predetermined number of large winning openings 29 in the opening / closing operation (the upper limit number of balls entered, this execution). It is released until 15 game balls enter in the form or until a specified time (1.7 seconds in this embodiment) elapses. In the small hit game, 1.5 seconds is set as the effect time of the ending effect.

  In addition, the small win is configured to maintain the gaming state at the time of winning the small hit lottery before and after the small hit game. That is, in the small hit, when the probability variation state is given at the time of winning the small hit lottery, the probability variation state is given even after the end of the small hit game, while the non-probability variation state is given at the time of winning the small hit lottery. In such a case, an uncertain change state is given even after the small hit game is over. In addition, in the case of a small hit, if a variable state is given at the time of winning the small hit lottery, it will be given a variable state even after the end of the small hit game, while a non-variable state is given when the small hit lottery is won. If it is, the non-variable state is given even after the small hit game ends. As described above, the small hit in the present embodiment is a game in which the game state is maintained during the winning of the small hit lottery without shifting the game state before and after the small hit game.

  Therefore, the small hit of the present embodiment is based on whether or not the probability change state and the short change state are given after the end of the game regardless of the game state at the time of winning, and the length of the total opening time of the big winning opening 29 ( From the viewpoint of the number of winning balls that can be obtained, the profit is smaller than the big hits AC. However, it can be said that the small hit of the present embodiment has a large profit for the player from the viewpoint that a winning ball can be obtained when compared with “out of place” in which the big winning opening 29 is not opened.

  In addition, the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment is configured to be able to execute various game effects along with the special figure variation game. Hereinafter, game effects prepared in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.

  As shown in FIG. 4, the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured to be able to execute a mode effect that suggests to the player whether the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a probability variation state or a non-probability variation state. . This mode effect is executed in such a manner that the effect mode is shifted in response to the establishment of the predetermined condition, and indicates the possibility that the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is in a probabilistic state according to the type of the effect mode in which it stays. Inform the player of the expected probability of change.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, a plurality of types of effect modes are prepared as effect modes used for mode effects. More specifically, the production mode in the non-variable state includes the first non-variable mode M1 and the second non-variable mode M2, and the production mode in the variable state includes the first variable mode M3, And a second variable mode M4.

  In each effect mode M <b> 1 to M <b> 4 of the present embodiment, different background images are displayed on the effect display device 21. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the player can recognize the type of effect mode in which the user is currently staying from the background image displayed on the effect display device 21. In addition, the background image of each effect mode M1-M4 is an image displayed by superimposing on the back side of the decorative drawing of each row | line | column separately from the decorative drawing used for the symbol variation game in the effect display apparatus 21. FIG.

  The first non-variable mode M1 is an effect mode in which the user stays in a non-probable non-probable state (normal state). In the present embodiment, the first non-variable mode M1 is an effect mode having the lowest probability of expected change compared to other effect modes.

  The first speed change mode M3 is an effect mode in which the user stays when the speed is changed and is in a probable state. Regardless of the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 (the type of effect mode during the stay), the transition to the first variable mode M3 is made by winning the big hits AC. Since the first variable mode M3 of the present embodiment can stay only when it is in the probability variation state, the first variation mode M3 is a probability variation confirmation effect mode that can definitely recognize that the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the probability variation state. Become.

  In addition, the second variable mode M4 is an effect mode in which the user stays in any of the variable / non-probable change state and the change / probable change state. Transition to the second variable mode M4 is made by winning the probability variable falling lottery in the variable state with probability change (while staying in the first variable mode M3). In addition, transition to the second variable mode M4 is also made by winning a mode transition lottery described later in the variable state with certain variable state (while the first variable mode M3 is staying).

  The second non-variable mode M2 is an effect mode in which the user stays in any of the non-changeable non-changeable state and the non-changeable-changeable state. The transition to the second non-variable mode M2 is made when the variable state ends in accordance with the establishment of the variable end condition in either the variable state with variable state or the non-variable state with variable state.

  In addition, the first non-changeable mode M1 is shifted to the first non-changeable mode M1 by winning the probability change drop lottery in the non-changeable probability change state (while staying in the second non-changeable mode M2). In addition, the first non-variable mode M1 is also shifted by winning a mode transition lottery described later in the non-deterministic non-probable state (while staying in the second non-variable mode M2). In the case of a small hit, the user stays continuously without shifting from the effect mode that is staying at the time of winning the small hit lottery to another effect mode.

  In addition, the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment notifies that there is a possibility that the jackpot probability may be shifted from a high probability to a low probability during the execution of one special figure variation game (design variation game with decorations). It is configured to be able to execute a notice effect as a non-specific game effect. The notice effect of the present embodiment is also a game effect that notifies at least one (both in the present embodiment) of the jackpot expectation degree indicating the possibility of winning the jackpot lottery and the probability variation continuation expectation degree. In addition, the notice effect of this embodiment is at least one of the possibility that the big hit probability is shifted from the high probability to the low probability and the possibility that the small hit game is given (both in this embodiment) ) Is also a game effect that informs.

  The notice effect of the present embodiment is an image imitating a predetermined character so as to cover all or part of the image display unit GH (image display area) in the effect display device 21 with the start of the special figure variation game. Is executed over a predetermined time (for example, 2 seconds). In the following description, the notice effect is indicated as “cut-in notice”. The cut-in notice of this embodiment is executed by displaying an image imitating a “yellow star” or an image imitating a “red star” on the effect display device 21.

  In addition, the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment has a probability change continuation expectation degree (non-falling expectation degree) as a high probability continuation expectation degree indicating a possibility of being maintained without shifting (falling) from a probability change state to a non-probability change state. ) To the player, the first scenario effect can be executed. The first scenario effect of the present embodiment is a notification effect that notifies at least one (both in the present embodiment) of the jackpot expectation degree and the probability variation continuation expectation degree. The first scenario effect of the present embodiment is also a fall suggestion effect that suggests that the game state falls (transitions) from the probability change state to the non-probability change state by winning the probability change drop lottery.

  The first scenario effect of the present embodiment is one of the display effects displayed on the effect display device 21 in association with the special figure variation game. One special figure variation game (and a decorative pattern symbol variation game) is performed. The execution is started until the one special figure changing game is finished, and the execution is not executed across a plurality of special figure changing games. Hereinafter, the first scenario effect will be described with reference to FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 5 (a), in the first scenario effect, when the decorative display variable display is started on the effect display device 21, the first scenario effect is started as shown in FIG. 5 (b). As the start notification effect EA for notifying that, an image simulating “a state in which a haze has occurred” is displayed on the effect display device 21.

  As shown in FIG. 5C, in the first scenario effect, an image simulating “a state in which the haze is clear and nobody is present” is displayed on the effect display device 21 following the start notification effect EA. The scenario production may end. As shown in FIG. 5D, in the first scenario effect, an image imitating “a state in which a person is seen” is produced as the first progress effect EB indicating the progress of the first scenario effect, following the start notification effect EA. It may be displayed on the display device 21. Further, as shown in FIG. 5 (e), in the first scenario effect, “the main character is dragged into the haze” as the second progress effect EC indicating the progress of the first scenario effect following the start notification effect EA. In some cases, an image imitating the image is displayed on the effect display device 21.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 5 (f), in the first scenario effect, when the first progress effect EB is displayed, the fact that the big hit lottery is won is notified following the first progress effect EB. As the first jackpot result effect EDA, an image imitating “an appearance of a friendly character” and an image imitating “an enemy character is found” following the image may be displayed on the effect display device 21. is there.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 5G, in the first scenario effect, when the first progress effect EB is displayed, the big hit lottery is not won and the probability change falls when the first progress effect EB is displayed. As the first continuation result effect EEa for notifying that the lottery has not been won, an image simulating “a friend character appears” and an image simulating “an enemy character cannot be found” following the image. It may be displayed on the effect display device 21.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 5 (h), in the first scenario effect, when the first progress effect EB is displayed, it is notified that the big hit lottery is won following the first progress effect EB. As the second jackpot result effect EDb, an image simulating “an enemy character appears” and an image simulating “a battle against an enemy character” following the image are displayed on the effect display device 21. There is a case.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 5 (k), in the first scenario effect, when the first progress effect EB is displayed, the jackpot lottery is not won and the probability change falls when the first progress effect EB is displayed. As a second continuation result effect EEb for notifying that a lottery has not been won, an image simulating "an enemy character appears" and an image simulating "defeating an enemy character" following the image The displayed image may be displayed on the effect display device 21.

  As shown in FIG. 5 (m), in the first scenario effect, when the second progress effect EC is displayed, the second progress effect EC is followed by the second notification that the jackpot lottery is won. The big hit result effect EDb may be displayed on the effect display device 21. As shown in FIG. 5 (n), in the first scenario effect, when the second elapsed effect EC is displayed, the big hit lottery is not won and the probability change fall lottery is continued after the second elapsed effect EC. There is a case where the second continuation result effect EEb informing that the winning is not performed is displayed on the effect display device 21.

  As shown in FIG. 5 (o), when the second progress effect EC is displayed, it is determined that, following the second progress effect EC, the jackpot lottery is not won and the probability variation drop lottery is not won. As the third continuation result effect EEc to be notified, an image imitating “a state in which the haze is clear and no one is present” may be displayed on the effect display device 21.

  As shown in FIG. 5 (p), in the first scenario effect, when the second progress effect EC is displayed, the big hit lottery is not won and the probability change falls when the second progress effect EC is displayed. As the fall result effect EF as a transition result effect informing that the lottery has been won, an image simulating “a state in which a thick fog is filled” may be displayed on the effect display device 21. That is, the fall result effect EF is a fall suggestion effect (game effect) for notifying (suggesting) that the probability fall state is changed to the non-probability change state.

  Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the jackpot result effects EDa and EDb, the continuation result effects EEa to EEc, and the fall result effect EF are the result effects indicating the result of the first scenario effect, and the first elapsed effect EB. The second stage effect EC is a stage effect for deriving these result effects. Further, in the present embodiment, the first elapsed effect EB is a transition-less elapsed effect informing that one of the big hit result effects EDa, EDb and the continuous result effects EEa, EEb is derived. Further, in the present embodiment, the second progress effect EC is a transition effect with a transition for notifying that any one of the second jackpot result effect EDb, the continuation result effects EEb and EEc, and the fall result effect EF is derived.

  And in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first scenario effect (notification) by the combination of the first progress effect EB, the big hit result effect EDa, EDb, and the continuous result effect EEa, EEb. Production). In the following description, the first scenario effect executed via the first progress effect EB may be indicated as the first scenario effect by the first route. In the present embodiment, the first scenario effect by the first route is also a first presentation effect that presents the jackpot expectation degree to the player.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first by the second effect mode is a combination of the second progress effect EC, the second jackpot result effect EDb, the continuation result effect EEb, EEc, and the fall result effect EF. A scenario effect (notification effect) is configured. In the following description, the first scenario effect executed via the second progress effect EC may be indicated as the first scenario effect by the second route. In the present embodiment, the first scenario effect by the second route is also a second presentation effect for presenting the probability variation continuation expectation degree to the player.

  Further, in the first scenario effect of the present embodiment, the first scenario effect that is performed via the first progress effect EB and the first scenario effect that is performed via the second progress effect EC are common (identical). (Or substantially the same), the start notification effect EA is executed. Here, in the present specification, the “same or substantially the same effect mode (effect content)” includes the same (or substantially the same) effect mode (effect content) and the players are the same or substantially the same. It also includes a production mode (production content) that differs to the extent of recognition.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the display mode of the hold image G displayed in the first hold display areas 21a to 21d in the effect display device 21 is changed to any one of a plurality of different display modes. 1 hold change production is configured to be executable. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first on-hold change effect is executed in a non-changeable / non-changeable state (when the first non-changeable mode M1 is staying).

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, as the display mode of the reserved image G, the colorless sphere image G1a as the first display mode simulating “colorless sphere”, and the second display mode simulating “blue sphere”. Three types are set: a blue sphere image G1b and a red sphere image G1c as a third display mode imitating a “red sphere”.

  Further, the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured to be able to execute a second scenario effect for notifying the player of the probability variation continuation expectation degree (non-falling expectation degree). The second scenario effect in the present embodiment is a specific game effect and a notification effect that notify at least one of the jackpot expectation degree and the probability variation expectation degree (both in the present embodiment). In addition, the second scenario presentation of the present embodiment is a specification that notifies at least one of the possibility that the big hit probability may be shifted from the high probability to the low probability and that the small hit game may be given. It is a game production. Furthermore, the second scenario effect of this embodiment is also a fall suggestion effect that suggests that the game state falls (transitions) from the probability change state to the non-probability change state by winning the probability change drop lottery.

  The second scenario effect of the present embodiment is one of the display effects displayed on the effect display device 21 along with the special figure variation game, and is used to execute the special figure variation game (and the decorative pattern symbol variation game). The started second scenario effect can be executed across a plurality of special figure variation games that are continuously performed. Hereinafter, the second scenario effect will be described in detail with reference to FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 6A, in the first special figure fluctuation game among a plurality of special figure fluctuation games over which the second scenario effect is straddled, the decorative display variation display is started on the effect display device 21. As shown in FIG. 6B, an image simulating “the state that the shoji is closed” is displayed on the effect display device 21 as the start notification effect FA for notifying that the second scenario effect is started.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 5 (d), in the first special figure variation game, following the start notification effect FA, an image imitating “the appearance of the enemy character A from the back of shoji” is displayed. It may be displayed on the device 21. When an image imitating “the appearance of enemy character A from the back of shoji” is displayed in the first special figure fluctuation game, as shown in FIGS. 6 (e) and 6 (f), An image simulating “a state of a battle with the enemy character A” is displayed on the effect display device 21 from the second to the last special-figure variation game among the special-figure variation games straddling the two-scenario production. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 6D to 6F, the display effect that displays the image imitating the “enemy character A” is the first elapsed effect FB indicating the progress of the second scenario effect. It becomes.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 6 (g), in the last special figure variation game, as the big hit result effect FD for notifying that the big hit lottery is won following the first progress effect FB, In some cases, the effect display device 21 may display an image simulating “winning a battle with A and also winning a battle with an enemy character C”.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 6 (h), in the last special drawing variation game, following the first progress effect FB, it is informed that the big hit lottery is not won and the probability variation falling lottery is not won. As the first continuation result effect FEa to be displayed, there is a case where an image imitating “a state of winning the battle with the enemy character A but defeating the battle with the enemy character C appearing” is displayed on the effect display device 21. is there.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 6 (k), as the second continuation result effect FEb for notifying that the big win lottery is not won and the certain variation falling lottery is not won in the last special drawing variation game, An image simulating “defeating a battle with the enemy character A” may be displayed on the effect display device 21.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 5 (m), in the first special figure variation game, an image imitating “the appearance of the enemy character B from the back of the shoji” is displayed after the start notification effect FA. 21 may be displayed. When an image imitating “the appearance of enemy character B from the back of shoji” is displayed in the first special figure variation game, as shown in FIG. 6 (n) and FIG. 6 (o), An image simulating “a state of a battle with the enemy character B” is displayed on the effect display device 21 from the second to the last special-figure game in the special-figure game over which the two-scenario effect is straddled. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 6 (m) to 6 (o), the display effect that displays the image imitating the “enemy character B” is the second progress effect FC indicating the progress of the second scenario effect. It becomes.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 6 (p), in the final special figure variation game, the big hit result effect FD for notifying that the big hit lottery is won is provided in the effect display device 21 following the second progress effect FC. May be displayed. Further, as shown in FIG. 6 (q), in the last special drawing variation game, following the second progress effect FC, it is informed that the big hit lottery is not won and the probability variation falling lottery is not won. The first continuation result effect FEa to be displayed may be displayed on the effect display device 21.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 6 (r), in the final special figure variation game, the fall result effect as a transition result effect that informs that the big hit lottery is not won and the probability variable fall lottery is won. As the FF, an image simulating “defeating the battle with the enemy character B” may be displayed on the effect display device 21. That is, the fall result effect FF is a fall suggestion effect (game effect) for notifying (suggesting) that the fall is from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state. Although not shown in FIG. 6, in the second scenario effect of the present embodiment, after the start notification effect FA is executed exceptionally in one special figure variation game, the jackpot result effect FD or the first The continuation result effect FEa may be executed.

  Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the jackpot result effect FD, the continuation result effects FEa, FEb, and the fall result effect FF are the result effects indicating the result of the second scenario effect, and the first elapsed effect FB, and The second progress effect FC is a progress effect for deriving these result effects. Further, in the present embodiment, the first elapsed effect FB is a transitionless effect that notifies that either the big hit result effect FD and the continuous result effects FEa, FEb are derived. In the present embodiment, the second elapsed effect FC is a transitional effect with a transition for notifying that one of the big hit result effect FD, the continuation result effect FEb, and the fall result effect FF is derived.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the second scenario effect (notification effect) in the first effect mode is obtained by combining the first progress effect FB, the big hit result effect FD, and the continuous result effects FEa and FEb. Is configured. In the following description, the second scenario effect that is executed with the enemy character A appearing may be indicated as the second scenario effect by the first route. In the present embodiment, the second scenario effect by the first route is also a first presentation effect that presents the jackpot expectation degree to the player.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the second scenario effect (notification) by the combination of the second progress effect FC and the jackpot result effect FD, the continuation result effect FEa, and the fall result effect FF. Production). In the following description, the second scenario effect that is executed with the enemy character B appearing may be indicated as the second scenario effect by the second route. In the present embodiment, the second scenario effect by the second route is also a second presentation effect for presenting the probability variation continuation expectation degree to the player.

  Further, in the second scenario effect of the present embodiment, the second scenario effect that is performed via the first progress effect FB and the second scenario effect that is performed via the second progress effect FC are common (same (Or substantially the same), the start notification effect FA is executed.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the second display in the effect display device 21 is performed during the execution of the first progress effect FB in the second scenario effect and during the execution of the second progress effect FC in the second scenario effect. The second hold change effect that changes the display mode of the hold image G displayed in the hold display areas 21p to 21s to any one of a plurality of different display modes is configured to be executable.

  As shown in FIG. 7A, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, as the display mode of the hold image G when the second hold change effect is not executed, the first display mode imitating a “colorless sphere” is used. The colorless sphere image G2a is set. Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, as the display mode of the reserved image G used for the second reserved change effect, the shuriken image G2b as the second display mode imitating “Shuriken”, the first imitating “Japanese sword” A Japanese sword image G2c as a three display mode and a scroll image G2d as a fourth display mode imitating a “roll” are set.

  And in the 2nd-4th special figure fluctuation game among the special figure fluctuation games which the 2nd scenario production of this embodiment straddles, the 1st progress production FB is holding picture G corresponding to the special figure fluctuation game performed. This is executed in such a manner that an image simulating a “state of battle with the enemy character A” performed using the “weapon” indicated by is displayed on the effect display device 21. Similarly, in the second to fourth special figure fluctuation games among the special figure fluctuation games that the second scenario presentation of the present embodiment straddles, the second progress presentation FC is a reserved image corresponding to the executed special figure fluctuation game. This is executed in such a manner that an image simulating “a state of a battle with the enemy character B” performed using the “weapon” indicated by G is displayed on the effect display device 21. For example, if the reserved image G corresponding to the current special figure variation game is the Japanese sword image G2c, the battle with the enemy character A is performed using the “Japanese sword” which is the weapon indicated by the Japanese sword image G2c. An image simulating “the state of” is displayed on the effect display device 21.

  Also, as shown in FIG. 8, the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment has a game state that is variable and is in a probable change state (while staying in the first variable mode M3) and in the second variable period T2. The number-of-times notification effect for notifying the number of special-figure-variable games executed without the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 changing from the variable state to the non-variable state and the continuous number notification effect as the second number notification effect are executed. It is configured to be possible. In other words, the continuation count notification effect is also a game effect for notifying the number of special figure variation games that are executed without shifting the normal hit probability from a high probability to a low probability. Furthermore, as described above, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the lottery end condition is satisfied in the second variable period T2, the shift to the non-probable change state is performed simultaneously with the shift to the non-variable state. The continuation count notification effect is also a game effect for notifying the number of special figure variation games that are executed without the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 being shifted from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state. Further, the continuation count notification effect of the present embodiment is also a specific game effect that notifies at least one of the jackpot expectation degree and the probability variation continuation expectation degree (in this embodiment, the probability variation continuation expectation degree). In the present embodiment, the continuation count notification effect is executed in such a manner that the remaining number image G3 indicating the remaining number of times of the special figure variation game in which the variable state and the probability change state are maintained is displayed on the effect display device 21.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is further shifted from the variable state to the non-variable state after the number of special figure variable games notified by the continuous number notification effect. It is configured to be able to execute an additional number notification effect that additionally notifies the number of special figure variation games that are executed without any change. In the present embodiment, the additional number notification effect is also a game effect that additionally notifies the number of special figure variation games that are executed without the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 shifting from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state. Further, the additional number notification effect of the present embodiment is also a specific game effect that notifies at least one of the jackpot expectation degree and the probability variation continuation expectation degree (probability variation continuation expectation degree in the present embodiment). In the present embodiment, the continuation number notification effect is executed in such a manner that an additional number image G4 additionally indicating the remaining number of times of the special figure variable game in which the variable state and the probability change state are maintained is displayed on the effect display device 21. . In the gaming machine 10 of this embodiment, the first and second on-hold change effects, the second scenario effects, and the continuation number notification effect (additional number notification effect) are executed in advance across multiple special figure variation games. (So-called continuous production).

Next, the control configuration of the gaming machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG.
A main control board 30 serving as main control means (main control means) for controlling the entire machine of the gaming machine 10 is mounted on the back side of the gaming machine 10 (inner frame 12). The main control board 30 executes various processes for controlling the entire gaming machine 10 and outputs various control commands (control commands) according to the processing results. Here, “controlling the entire machine of the gaming machine” is not only directly controlled by a control command output by the main control board 30 but also controlled by another control device by a control command output by the main control board 30. Indirect control is also included, as in the case of the control. In addition, on the back side of the gaming machine 10 (inner frame 12), an effect control board 31 is attached as sub-control means (sub-control means). The effect control board 31 controls the execution of various game effects according to the control command as information (control information) output from the main control board 30. That is, the effect control board 31 is based on the control signal (control command) output from the main control board 30 and the display mode of the effect display device 21 (display images such as symbols, backgrounds, and characters) and the light emission mode of the lamp 16. The sound output mode of the speaker 17 is controlled. Hereinafter, specific configurations of the main control board 30 and the effect control board 31 will be described.

First, the main control board 30 will be described with reference to FIG.
The main control board 30 includes a main control CPU 30a that executes control operations in a predetermined procedure, a main control ROM 30b that stores a control program for the main control CPU 30a, a main control RAM 30c that can write and read necessary data, A random number generator 30d is provided as a random number generating means for generating hardware random numbers. In the gaming machine 10 of this embodiment, the main control CPU 30a, the main control ROM 30b, the main control RAM 30c, and the random number generator 30d are integrated on one chip to constitute a microprocessor.

  Various switches SW1 to SW5 are connected to the main control CPU 30a so as to be able to input detection signals output by detecting the game balls. In addition, the main control CPU 30a includes a first special symbol display device 22, a second special symbol display device 23, a first special symbol hold display device 22a, a second special symbol hold display device 23a, a normal symbol display device 26, and a normal symbol display device 26. The symbol hold display device 26a, the ordinary electric accessory solenoid SOL1, and the special prize opening solenoid SOL2 are connected.

  The random number generator 30d includes a first random number generation circuit R1 serving as a first random number generation unit that generates a first hardware random number, and a second hardware random number that generates a second hardware random number separately from the first random number generation circuit. A second random number generation circuit R2 is provided as a random number generation means. The first random number generation circuit R1 generates a first hardware random number by updating one value for each cycle of an internal system clock (for example, 10 MHz) supplied from a clock circuit (not shown) mounted on the microprocessor. . The second random number generation circuit R2 generates a second hardware random number by updating the value by one for each cycle of the internal system clock supplied from the clock circuit. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the numerical values that the first and second hardware random numbers can take are 65536 integer values from 0 to 65535.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, a setting is made in which the value of the first hardware random number generated by the first random number generation circuit R1 and the value of the second hardware random number generated by the second random number generation circuit R2 are not synchronized. ing. In order to make the values of the first and second hardware random numbers asynchronous, for example, the random number generation circuits R1 and R2 are set to have different start values (initial values) of the generated hardware random numbers. Can do. In order to make the values of the first and second hardware random numbers asynchronous, for example, a random number to be generated at each update cycle in which each hardware random number value is updated from 0 to 65535 once. You can also change the order of the columns. For this reason, the first and second hardware random numbers of the present embodiment may temporarily become the same value, but are not completely synchronized.

  In the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the first hardware random number is a jackpot determination random number used for the jackpot determination to be a jackpot lottery and a base figure determination to be used for a base map determination to be a lottery per base map. On the other hand, the second hardware random number is used as a fall determination random number used in the probability variation fall determination used in the probability variation fall lottery. The big hit determination random number is also used for the small hit determination for the small hit lottery. In the present embodiment, the big hit determination random number is the special hit determination random number and the first determination random number, and the fall determination random number is the transition determination random number and the second determination random number.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the hit determination and the special hit determination as the special hit determination executed by the main control CPU 30a are executed when the special figure variation game is started (special symbol start process). There are a start period (at the start) big hit determination and a pre-start big hit determination that is executed before the start of the special symbol variation game (a special symbol input process described later). Accordingly, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a that executes the start period big hit determination and the pre-start big hit determination as described later functions as a big hit determination means (hit determination means, special hit determination means).

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the small hit determination performed by the main control CPU 30a is a small start period (start time) that is executed when the special figure variation game is started (special symbol start process). There is a hit determination and a pre-start small hit determination that is executed before a special symbol variation game is started (a special symbol input process described later). Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a that performs the start period small hit determination and the pre-start small hit determination as described later functions as the small hit determination means.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the probability change fall determination as the transition determination executed by the main control CPU 30a is the start period (special symbol start process) executed when the special figure change game is started (special symbol start processing). There are a fall determination at the time of start and a pre-start fall determination that is executed before the special symbol variation game is started (a special symbol input process described later). Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a that executes the start-point fall determination and the pre-start fall determination as described later functions as a transition determination unit.

  Further, the main control CPU 30a executes a random number update process (software random number generation process) in which various software random number values are updated every predetermined control cycle (interrupt cycle) and stored in the main control RAM 30c. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, it can be understood that the main control CPU 30a and the main control RAM 30c constitute the random number generation means. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the control cycle of the main control CPU 30a is, for example, 4 ms, and is set to a time longer than the time for which the first and second hardware random number values are updated by one. .

  In the present embodiment, the main control RAM 30c stores a first software random number, a second software random number, and a third software random number as the software random numbers, and each software random number has a range of possible values. Is different. The first software random number is used as a special symbol distribution random number used when determining the type of jackpot (the jackpot symbol of the special figure) when an affirmative determination is made in the jackpot determination. Note that the random numbers for special symbol distribution according to the present embodiment are all 100 integer values from 0 to 99, and are individually associated with the above-mentioned 100 types of special bonus jackpot symbols. ing.

  Further, the second software random number is used as a reach determination random number used for reach determination (reach lottery) for determining whether or not the reach effect can be executed when negative determination is made in the big hit determination and the small hit determination. The In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the reach determination starts when the special figure variation game is started (special symbol start process), and the special figure variation game starts. There is a pre-start reach determination executed before (a special symbol input process described later). The third software random number is used as a variation pattern distribution random number used when selecting a later-described variation pattern (main variation pattern).

  In addition to the random number value, a timer value, a control flag, and the like are stored (set) in the main control RAM 30c as various information that can be appropriately rewritten during the operation of the gaming machine 10. Here, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, various control flags (information) set in the main control RAM 30c will be described.

  The main control RAM 30c stores a special figure fluctuation processing flag in which a value that can specify whether the special figure fluctuation game to be executed is the first special figure fluctuation game or the second special figure fluctuation game. Has been. The special figure fluctuation processing flag is set to “0” when the special figure fluctuation game to be executed is the first special figure fluctuation game, while the special figure fluctuation game to be executed is the second special figure fluctuation game. In some cases, “1” is set.

  Further, the main control RAM 30c stores a probability change flag in which a value that can specify whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a probability change state is set. The probability variation flag is set to “0” when not in the probability variation state, and is set to “1” in the probability variation state. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the probability variation flag becomes probability information that can specify the jackpot probability, and the value of “0” as information set in the probability variation flag specifies that the jackpot probability is a low probability. It becomes possible low probability information, and the value of “1” as information set in the probability variation flag becomes high probability information that can specify that the big hit probability is high probability. The main control RAM 30c functions as probability information storage means.

  In the gaming machine 10 of this embodiment, the probability variation state is started by setting “1” in the probability variation flag, and the probability variation state is ended by setting “0” in the probability variation flag. That is, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the fall (transition) to the non-probability change state is based on the result of the probability change drop lottery (probability change fall determination) in the state where the probability change flag is set to “1”. “0” is set in the probability variation flag.

  In addition, the main control RAM 30c stores an operation flag in which a value that can specify whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a variable state is set. The operation flag is set to “0” when in the non-changed state, and is set to “1” when in the changed state. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the operation flag becomes operation information that can specify the operation mode of the opening / closing blade 27, and the value of “0” as information set in the operation flag is the operation mode of the opening / closing blade 27. Is the normal operation information that can specify that the operation mode for the non-variable state (normal operation mode) is set. In addition, a value of “1” as information set in the operation flag compares the operation mode of the opening / closing blade 27 with the operation mode for the non-changeable state, and the game ball enters the second start winning opening 25. This is special operation information that can specify that the operation mode (special operation mode) for the variable speed state is improved.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the operation flag is probability information that can specify the normal hit probability (winning probability of lottery per ordinary figure), and the value of “0” as information set in the operation flag is The first probability information that can specify that the normal hit probability is a low probability, and the value of “1” is the second probability information that can specify that the normal hit probability is a high probability. The main control RAM 30c functions as operation information storage means and probability information storage means.

  In addition, the main control RAM 30c stores an alpha flag in which a value that can specify whether or not the variable end condition is a lottery end condition is set. In the alpha flag, “0” is set when the variable end condition is not the lottery end condition, while “1” is set when the variable end condition is the lottery end condition. In other words, the alpha flag is set to “0” when the variable end condition is the number cut end condition or the branch number end condition, while the variable end condition is set as the number stop end condition or the branch number end condition. If not, “1” is set. For this reason, when the operation flag is set to “1” and the alpha flag is set to “0”, the variable end condition is specified as the count-off end condition or the branch count end condition. Is possible.

  Further, the main control RAM 30c stores a probability variation fall flag in which a value that can specify whether or not the probability variation fall lottery has been won is set. The probability change fall flag is set to “0” when the probability change fall lottery is not won and when the probability change fall lottery is not executed, while “1” is set when the probability change fall lottery is won. Is set.

  The main control RAM 30c stores an operation number counter in which the above-described number of times of change upper limit or branch number is set. The operation number counter is set with the change upper limit number of times or the number of branching when the end of the big hit game is triggered, and the operation number counter is decremented by 1 every time the special figure variation game is executed (terminated). It is like that.

  In addition to the main control program and table, various determination values (such as big hit determination value, fall determination value, small hit determination value, reach determination value, and normal map determination value) are stored in the main control ROM 30b. Has been. The jackpot determination value is a determination value used in the jackpot lottery (big hit determination), and is determined from numerical values that can be taken by the jackpot determination random number (first hardware random number) (all 65536 integers from 0 to 65535). Yes. In this embodiment, 289 values as the first number are set as the jackpot determination value for the uncertain change state, and the probability of winning the jackpot lottery is 289/53636 (about 1 / 226.77). Become. On the other hand, in this embodiment, 1093 values are set as jackpot determination values for the probability variation state, and the probability of winning the jackpot lottery is 1093/65536 (about 1 / 59.96).

  In this embodiment, the non-probability change determination value as the first big hit determination value is set to 289 from 0 to 288. On the other hand, the probability variation determination value as the second big hit determination value of the present embodiment is set to a total of 1093 values obtained by adding 289 values from 0 to 288 to 804 values from 289 to 1092. Yes. The total number of the non-probability variation determination value and the probability variation determination value is different, but some of the set values (0 to 288 in the present embodiment) are either the non-probability variation determination value or the probability variation determination value. Are common values as common determination values. On the other hand, in the determination values for probability variation, the other values (804 numbers from 289 to 1092) other than the common values (289 from 0 to 288) are different from the non-probability variation determination values (common values). Common value. That is, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the determination value for probability variation includes a part or all of the determination values constituting the non-probability variation determination value (all in this embodiment) and the determination constituting the non-probability variation determination value. The determination value includes 1093 determination values as a second number that is greater than 289 non-probability change determination values. Therefore, the value of the random number for jackpot determination that matches the common value matches the jackpot determination value in either the probability change state or the non-probability change state, but does not match the common value and matches the non-common value. The value of the jackpot determination random number to be matched matches the jackpot determination value only in the probability variation state, and does not match the jackpot determination value in the non-probability variation state.

  The falling determination value is a determination value used in the probability variation falling lottery (probability variation falling determination), and is determined from numerical values that can be taken by the random number for falling determination (second hardware random number) (all 0,65535 integers). It has been. In this embodiment, 1001 values are set as the fall determination value, and the probability of winning the probability variation fall lottery is 1001/65536 (about 1 / 65.47).

The reach determination value is a determination value used in reach lottery (reach determination), and is determined from numerical values that can be taken by reach determination random numbers (a total of 241 integers from 0 to 230).
The small hit determination value is a determination value used in the small hit lottery (small hit determination) for determining whether or not a small hit, and a numerical value that can be taken by the big hit determination random number (first hardware random number) (all 65536 from 0 to 65535). It is determined from the (integer of the street). In this embodiment, 2621 values are set as the small hit determination value, and the probability of winning the small hit lottery is 2621/65536 (about 1/25).

  The decision value per common figure is a decision value used in the lottery per common figure (judgment per common figure) to determine whether or not it is per common figure, and is a numerical value that can be taken by a random number for first figure decision (first hardware random number). ˜65535 (total 65536 integers)). In the present embodiment, 8192 values are set as the per-normal figure determination values for the non-changeable state, and the probability of winning the lottery per common figure is 8192/65536 (1/8). On the other hand, in the present embodiment, 65535 values are set as the standard value per map for the variable state, and the probability of winning the lottery per general map is 65535/65536 (about one-tenth). .

  The main control ROM 30b stores a variation pattern (main variation pattern) as a plurality of types of derived patterns. The variation pattern is a pattern that serves as a base for effects (display effects, light-emitting effects, sound effects) from the start to the end of the special figure change game (and the decorative pattern change game). It is possible to specify the variation content (effect content) and the variation time (effect time) of the variation game (and the decorative pattern design variation game). Then, the variation patterns can be classified for each variation content including large hit variation, variation with reach, variation without reach (normal variation), and fall suggestive variation.

  The big hit variation is a change performed when the big hit lottery is won. Then, in the big hit variation, the big hit symbol is finally displayed in a fixed stop in the special figure variation game. In the big hit variation, the big hit symbol is finally displayed in a definite stop manner through reach effect in the symbol variation game using the decorative drawing.

  The variation with reach is a variation that is performed when the big win lottery and the small win lottery are not won and the reach lottery is won. In the variation with reach, in the special symbol variation game, the final symbol is finally stopped and displayed, while in the symbol variation game with decoration, the reach effect is given and finally the non-big hit symbol (out of symbol symbol or small bonus symbol) Is displayed with a fixed stop.

  Unreachable fluctuation (normal fluctuation) is a change that occurs when the big hit lottery is not won, when the small hit lottery is won, and when neither the small hit lottery nor the reach lottery is won. It is. In the non-reach variation, in the special figure variation game, the losing symbol or the small hit symbol is finally stopped and displayed, while in the decorative symbol variation game, the reach effect is not passed and finally the non-big hit symbol ( Display a stop-off symbol).

  Moreover, the fall suggestion effect variation is a variation performed when winning the probability variation fall lottery. In the fall suggestion effect variation, the big hit symbol, the small hit symbol, or the off symbol is finally displayed in the special symbol variation game. On the other hand, in the fall suggestion effect change, in the symbol change game by the decorative drawing, as the fall suggestion effect, after the mode transition effect informing that the effect mode is changed, the first scenario effect, or the second scenario effect, The non-hit symbol is displayed in a fixed stop.

  Next, fluctuation patterns stored in the main control ROM 30b will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 to 12 show some variation patterns P1, P2, P3a to P9a, P3b to P9b, and P10 among the variation patterns prepared in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment. As shown in FIGS. 10 to 12, each variation pattern P1, P2, P3a to P9a, P3b to P9b, and P10 of the present embodiment has a special diagram as shown in the “variation time” column in the drawing. The fluctuation time of the fluctuation game is specified.

In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the variation patterns P1 and P2 are classified as variation patterns for variation without reach.
In the special figure fluctuation game based on the fluctuation pattern P1, it is possible to specify the fluctuation content from which the non-hit symbol is derived in the effect display device 13 seconds after the start of the special figure fluctuation game. Further, in the special figure fluctuation game based on the fluctuation pattern P2, it is possible to specify the fluctuation content from which the non-hit symbol is derived in the effect display device 21 six seconds after the start of the special figure fluctuation game. In the special figure variation game based on the variation patterns P1 and P2, the reach display is not performed on the effect display device 21.

  Variation patterns P3a to P8a are classified as variation patterns for variation with reach, and variation patterns P3b to P8b are classified as variation patterns for big hit variation. In addition, variation patterns P9a, P9b, and P10 are classified as variation patterns for fall suggestive effect variation.

  The variation patterns P3a and P3b (hereinafter, referred to as “variation pattern P3”) are variation patterns that can specify that the “normal reach effect” is to be executed in the effect display device 21 as the variation contents of the special figure variation game. In the special figure fluctuation game based on the fluctuation patterns P3a and P3b, the reach is basically formed 13 seconds after the start of the special figure fluctuation game in the effect display device 21, and the normal reach effect is executed from 13 seconds to 25 seconds. .

  The variation patterns P4a and P4b (hereinafter, referred to as “variation pattern P4”) are variation patterns that can specify that the “super reach effect” is to be executed in the effect display device 21 as the change contents of the special figure change game. Variation patterns P5a and P5b (hereinafter referred to as “variation pattern P5”), variation patterns P6a and P6b (hereinafter denoted as “variation pattern P6”), variation patterns P7a and P4b (hereinafter denoted as “variation pattern P7”), variation pattern The same applies to P8a and P8b (hereinafter referred to as “variation pattern P8”).

  In the special figure fluctuation game based on the fluctuation patterns P4 to P8, the reach is basically formed 13 seconds after the start of the special figure fluctuation game on the effect display device 21, and the normal reach effect is executed from 13 seconds to 25, and further 25 seconds. The super reach production will be executed from 45 seconds to 45 seconds.

  In the variation patterns P4 to P8, the contents (execution mode) of the super reach effect that can be specified from each variation pattern are different. More specifically, in the variation patterns P4 to P6, it is possible to specify the content of variation that causes the super reach effect to be executed in a manner in which a predetermined character appears. In the variation patterns P4 to P6, the contents of the effect of the super reach effect (for example, the type of character to appear) are different.

  In addition, in the variation pattern P7, it is possible to specify the variation content that includes the super reach effect as a part and causes the first scenario effect to be executed over the variation time of the variation pattern P7. In the variation pattern P8, it is possible to specify the variation content that includes the super reach effect as a part and that causes the second scenario effect to be executed over the variation time of the variation pattern P8.

  The variation pattern P9a is a variation pattern that can specify that the mode transition effect or the first scenario effect is executed as the variation contents of the special figure variation game. In the special figure fluctuation game based on the fluctuation pattern P9a, the mode transition effect or the first scenario effect is executed with the start of the special figure fluctuation game, and the big hit of the decoration is 25 seconds after the start of the special figure fluctuation game. A symbol or a non-hit symbol is derived. The variation pattern P9b is a variation pattern that can specify the variation content (so-called hit effect) for deriving the big hit symbol of the decorative drawing (big hit display result) without forming reach as the variation content of the special figure variation game. is there.

  The variation pattern P10 is a variation pattern that can specify that the mode transition effect, the first scenario effect, or the second scenario effect is executed as the variation contents of the special figure variation game. In the special figure fluctuation game based on the fluctuation pattern P10, with the start of the special figure fluctuation game, the effect display device 21 executes the mode transition effect, the first scenario effect, or the second scenario effect, and the special figure change game. After 25 seconds from the start of the symbol, a big hit symbol or a non-hit symbol of the decorative drawing is derived.

  The variation patterns P1 to P7 and P9 of this embodiment are variation patterns that can be selected when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the non-variable state. The variation patterns P1, P2, P3, P7, P8, and P10 are variation patterns that can be selected in the first variation period T1 when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the variation state. The variation patterns P1, P2, P3, and P10 are variation patterns that can be selected in the second variation period T2 when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the variation state.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the variation patterns P1, P2, P3a, P4 to P6, P7a, and P8a are variation patterns belonging to the first group that can be selected when not winning the probability variation falling lottery, In the gaming machine 10 of the embodiment, P3b, P7b, P8b, P9, and P10 are variation patterns belonging to the second group that can be selected when winning the probability variation falling lottery. That is, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the probability variation falling lottery is not won, the variation pattern belonging to the first group is determined, whereas when winning the probability variation falling lottery, the variation pattern belonging to the first group is A variation pattern belonging to the second group consisting of different variation patterns is determined.

  Further, the variation patterns P1, P2, P9a, and P10 are variation patterns that can be selected depending on whether a lottery lottery is won or not. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a can specify the same (or substantially the same) variation time when the small hit lottery is won and when the small hit lottery is not won. Can be selected.

Next, the effect control board 31 shown in FIG. 9 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 9, on the effect control board 31, an effect control CPU 31a that executes control operations in a predetermined procedure, an effect control ROM 31b that stores a control program for the effect control CPU 31a, and writing of necessary data An effect control RAM 31c that can be read is provided. An effect display device 21 is connected to the effect control CPU 31a. Further, the decoration lamp 16 is connected to the effect control CPU 31a. A speaker 17 is connected to the effect control CPU 31a.

  The effect control CPU 31a executes a random number update process (software random number generation process) in which various software random numbers are updated every predetermined control period (interrupt period) and stored in the effect control RAM 31c. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the control cycle (interrupt cycle) of the effect control CPU 31a is set to a time (for example, 16 ms) longer than the control cycle (interrupt cycle) of the main control CPU 30a.

  Various information (software random number value, timer value, flag, etc.) that is appropriately rewritten during the operation of the gaming machine 10 is stored (set) in the effect control RAM 31c. The effect control RAM 31c stores various random number values such as an execution feasibility determination random number, a pattern selection random number, and an effect mode determination random number as the software random number values. The execution possibility determination random number is a random number used when determining whether or not to execute the above-described pre-reading effect, and the pattern selection random number is a content pattern that can specify the pre-production effect content or a notice effect ( This is a random number used when selecting a notice pattern that can specify the production content of the cut-in notice. The effect mode determination random number is a random number used when determining whether to change the effect mode.

  The various flags stored in the effect control RAM 31c will be described each time, together with the description of the various controls executed by the effect control CPU 31a. The effect control ROM 31b stores various image display data (image data such as symbols, backgrounds, characters, characters, etc.), various light emission data, and various audio data. In addition, the effect control ROM 31b stores an effect pattern (sub-variation pattern) that can specify the specific change contents (effect contents) of the symbol change game based on the decoration displayed on the effect display device 21. This effect pattern will be described later.

Next, various processes executed by the main control CPU 30a of the main control board 30 according to the control program stored in the main control ROM 30b will be described in detail.
First, timer interrupt processing executed by the main control CPU 30a every predetermined control cycle (4 ms in this embodiment) will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 13 shows a part of various processes executed by the main control CPU 30a in the timer interrupt process.

  As shown in FIG. 13, in the timer interrupt process, the main control CPU 30a executes a command output process for outputting various control commands set in an output buffer (not shown) to the effect control board 31 (step Sa1).

  Further, after executing the command output process, the main control CPU 30a acquires various random numbers based on detection signals from the start port switches SW1 and SW2 and the gate switches SW4 and SW5, and stores them in the main control RAM 30c. An input process is performed for the purpose (step Sa2). The input process of step Sa2 includes a special symbol input process and a normal symbol input process which will be described later. Further, the main control CPU 30a executes the above-described random number update process after executing the input process (step Sa3).

  The main control CPU 30a includes a start period fall determination (probability falling lottery) using the fall determination random number value and a start period big hit determination (big hit lottery) using the big hit determination random number after the random number update process is executed. Based on these determination results, a special symbol start process for starting the special symbol variation game is executed (step Sa4). In the special symbol start process, the above-described variation pattern is selected using the variation pattern distribution random number value based on the determination results such as the start period fall determination and the start period jackpot determination.

  After executing the special symbol start process, the main control CPU 30a determines various effects (opening effect, ending effect, etc.) associated with the winning game (big hit game and small hit game), and the big prize opening door of the big prize opening 29 A hit process for controlling the opening mode (opening / closing) of 29a and the like is executed (step Sa5).

  Further, the main control CPU 30a, after executing the hit process, changes the value set in the operation flag and executes an operation flag setting process for setting the variable end condition (step Sa6).

  After executing the operation flag setting process, the main control CPU 30a performs a normal map determination (lottery per standard map) using a random number value for determining a normal map, and starts a general game based on the determination result. The normal symbol start process to be executed is executed (step Sa7).

After executing the normal symbol start process, the main control CPU 30a executes a normal electric accessory process for controlling the opening mode (open / closed) of the opening / closing blade 27 (step Sa8).
In addition, the main control CPU 30a, after the execution of the ordinary electric accessory process, when the number of reserved memories changes in one timer interrupt process accompanying the execution of the special symbol input process and the special symbol start process, A storage command setting process for setting a storage command for specifying the storage number in the output buffer is executed (step Sa9).

The main control CPU 30a waits until the next timer interrupt process is executed after completing the various control processes set in the timer interrupt process.
Next, the special symbol input process executed in the input process (step Sa2) in the timer interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG. Note that the normal symbol input process executed in the input process as in the special symbol input process will be described later.

  As shown in FIG. 14, in the special symbol input process, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the detection signal (first detection signal) is input from the first start port switch SW1. It is determined whether or not a game ball has entered (step Sb1). The main control CPU 30a of the present embodiment functions as detection signal input means for inputting a detection signal (first detection signal) from the first start port switch SW1. When the determination result of step S1 is negative, the main control CPU 30a proceeds to the process of step Sb6. On the other hand, if the determination result of step Sb1 is affirmative, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the first reserved storage number stored in the main control RAM 30c is less than the upper limit number 4 (step Sb2). . When the determination result of step Sb2 is negative (when the first reserved storage number = 4), the main control CPU 30a proceeds to the process of step Sb6.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sb2 is affirmative (when the first reserved memory number <4), the main control CPU 30a adds 1 to the first reserved memory number and rewrites the first reserved memory number (step Sb3). That is, the main control CPU 30a causes the main control RAM 30c to store the game ball detected at the first start winning opening 24 as the first start holding ball. The main control CPU 30a of the present embodiment functions as a hold memory control unit that stores the first hold memory number in the main control RAM 30c triggered by the ball entry detection by the first start port switch SW1. Further, the process of step Sb3 is an addition storage process in which the first detection signal is input and stored in the first reserved memory number corresponding to the first detection signal. The main control CPU 30a that has updated (added 1) the first reserved memory number controls the display content of the first special symbol display device 22 so as to display the updated (after added) first reserved memory number.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a reads and acquires various random number values from the main control RAM 30c and the random number generator 30d, and associates the acquired various random number values with the first reserved memory number in the main control RAM 30c. The set storage area is set (step Sb4). More specifically, in step Sb4, the main control CPU 30a acquires the value of the big hit determination random number (first hardware random number) from the first random number generation circuit R1, and also falls from the second random number generation circuit R2 as a fall determination random number ( The value of (second hardware random number) is acquired. Similarly, in step Sb4, the main control CPU 30a sends a special symbol distribution random number (first software random number) value, a reach determination random number (second software random number) value, and a variation pattern distribution from the main control RAM 30c. The value of the random number for use (third software random number) is acquired. The main control CPU 30a corresponds to the updated first reserved memory number obtained by adding 1 in step Sb3 among the four storage areas associated with the first reserved memory number = 1 to 4 in the main control RAM 30c. The obtained random number values are stored in the storage area.

  Accordingly, the main control CPU 30a of the present embodiment is triggered by various incoming random numbers (fall determination random number, jackpot determination random number, reach determination random number, special symbol distribution, triggered by the detection of the game ball entering by the first start switch SW1. Random number acquisition means and special random number acquisition means for acquiring values of random numbers for use and fluctuation pattern distribution random numbers) and storing the obtained values of various random numbers in the main control RAM 30c in association with the first reserved storage number Function. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control RAM 30c functions as a random number storage unit and a special random number storage unit.

  For example, when the updated first reserved memory number is 4, the main control CPU 30a stores the obtained random number values in the storage area corresponding to the first reserved memory number = 4. For this reason, in the present embodiment, the first reserved memory number is a random number value (falling determination random number, jackpot determination random number) stored in the main control RAM 30c triggered by detection of entering the first start winning opening 24. , A reach determination random number value, a special symbol distribution random number value, and a variation pattern distribution random value value). Then, the main control CPU 30a that has finished the process of step Sb4 proceeds to the process of step Sb5.

  In step Sb5, the main control CPU 30a executes a first preliminary determination process based on the values of various random numbers acquired in step Sb4 (step Sb5). This first pre-determination process will be described later.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not a game ball has entered the second start winning opening 25 based on whether or not a detection signal (second detection signal) is input from the second start opening switch SW2. Is determined (step Sb6). The main control CPU 30a of this embodiment functions as a detection signal input unit that inputs a detection signal (second detection signal) from the second start port switch SW2. When the determination result of step Sb6 is negative, the main control CPU 30a ends the special symbol input process. On the other hand, if the determination result of step Sb6 is affirmative, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the second reserved storage number stored in the main control RAM 30c is less than the upper limit number 4 (step Sb7). . When the determination result of step Sb7 is negative (second reserved memory number = 4), the main control CPU 30a ends the special symbol input process.

  On the other hand, if the determination result in step Sb7 is affirmative (second reserved memory number <4), the main control CPU 30a adds 1 to the second reserved memory number and rewrites the second reserved memory number (step Sb8). That is, the main control CPU 30a causes the main control RAM 30c to store the game ball detected by the second start winning opening 25 as a start holding ball. The main control CPU 30a of the present embodiment functions as a hold memory control unit that stores the second hold memory number in the main control RAM 30c triggered by the entrance detection by the second start port switch SW2. In addition, the process in step Sb8 is an addition storage process in which the second detection signal is added to and stored in the second reserved storage number corresponding to the second detection signal when the second detection signal is input. The main control CPU 30a that has updated (added 1) the second reserved memory number controls the display content of the second special symbol display device 23 so as to display the updated (after added) second reserved memory number.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a reads and acquires various random number values from the main control RAM 30c and the random number generator 30d, and associates the acquired various random number values with the second reserved memory number in the main control RAM 30c. The set storage area is set (step Sb9). More specifically, in step Sb9, the main control CPU 30a acquires the value of the big hit determination random number (first hardware random number) from the first random number generation circuit R1, and the fall determination random number (first hardware random number) from the second random number generation circuit R2. The value of (second hardware random number) is acquired. Similarly, in step Sb9, the main control CPU 30a sends a special symbol distribution random number (first software random number) value, a reach determination random number (second software random number) value, and a variation pattern distribution from the main control RAM 30c. The value of the random number for use (third software random number) is acquired. Then, the main control CPU 30a corresponds to the updated second reserved memory number obtained by adding 1 in step Sb8 out of the four storage areas associated with the second reserved memory number = 1 to 4 in the main control RAM 30c. The obtained random number values are stored in the storage area.

  Therefore, the main control CPU 30a of the present embodiment is triggered by various incoming random numbers (fall determination random number, jackpot determination random number, reach determination random number, special symbol distribution) triggered by the detection of game ball entry by the second start port switch SW2. Random number acquisition means and special random number acquisition means for acquiring values of random numbers for use and fluctuation pattern distribution random numbers) and storing the obtained various random number values in the main control RAM 30c in association with the second reserved storage number Function.

  For example, when the updated second reserved memory number is 4, the main control CPU 30a stores each random number value acquired in the storage area corresponding to the second reserved memory number = 4. For this reason, in the present embodiment, the second reserved memory number is a random value stored in the main control RAM 30c (fall determination random number, jackpot determination random number, triggered by detection of entering the first start winning opening 24) , A reach determination random number value, a special symbol distribution random number value, and a variation pattern distribution random value value).

  Then, the main control CPU 30a that has finished the process of step Sb9 executes the second preliminary determination process based on the values of various random numbers acquired in step Sb9 (step Sb10). This second pre-determination process will be described later. Then, the main control CPU 30a that has finished the process of step Sb10 ends the special symbol input process.

  Various commands set in the output buffer in accordance with the execution of the special symbol input process including the first pre-determination process and the second pre-determination process are sequentially performed by the command output process in the timer interrupt process described above. Is output.

  Next, the first preliminary determination process (step Sb5) executed as a subroutine of the special symbol input process will be described with reference to FIG. The first pre-determination process is the first special figure based on the various random numbers before starting the first special figure variation game based on the various random values acquired in step Sb3 of the special symbol input process. This is a process for generating a prefetch command that can determine in advance the variation content of the variation game and specify information related to the determination result.

  As shown in FIG. 15, in the first pre-determination process, the main control CPU 30a determines that the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 that is allowed to output the prefetch command (information output) is “not a big hit state (during big hit game) and It is determined whether or not the state is “non-variable state” (step Sc11). When the determination result of step Sc11 is negative (when it is a big hit state or a variable state), the main control CPU 30a ends the first preliminary determination process. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the prefetch command relating to the first special figure variation game is not generated and the prefetch command is not output to the effect control board 31 in the big hit state and the variable state.

  As described above, the main control CPU 30 a that executes the process of step Sc <b> 11 functions as a gaming state determination unit that determines the gaming state of the gaming machine 10. The process of step Sc11 is an information output determination regarding whether or not to output a prefetch command (information) based on the determination result of determining the gaming state of the gaming machine 10, and the main control CPU 30a includes information output determination means. Function as. Therefore, in the command output process of the timer interrupt process, the main control CPU 30a outputs a prefetch command (information) on condition that the determination result in step Sc11 is affirmative. Therefore, the main control CPU 30a of the present embodiment also serves as a restricting means (a prohibiting means for prohibiting) that restricts the execution of the pre-reading effect for the first special figure variation game in the big hit state or the variable state. I can grasp.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sc11 is affirmative (when not in the big hit state and in the non-changing state), the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is in the probability changing state. (Step Sc12). In step Sc12, the main control CPU 30a makes an affirmative determination when the probability variation flag stored in the effect control RAM 31c is set to “1” as information that can identify the probability variation state. A negative determination is made when “0” is set as information that can identify the probability variation state. When the determination result of step Sc12 is affirmative (when it is in a probability variation state), the main control CPU 30a executes a probability variation state command setting process for generating a prefetch command (step Sc13). Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the first preliminary determination process.

  On the other hand, if the determination result in step Sc12 is negative (in the case of a non-probability change state), the main control CPU 30a executes a non-probability change state command setting process for generating a prefetch command (step Sc14). Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the first preliminary determination process. The probability variation state command setting process and the non-probability variation state command setting process will be described later.

  Next, the second preliminary determination process (step Sb10) executed as a subroutine of the special symbol input process will be described with reference to FIG. The second pre-determination process is the second special figure based on the various random number values before starting the second special figure variation game based on the various random number values acquired in step Sb9 of the special symbol input process. This is a process for generating a prefetch command that can determine in advance the variation content of the variation game and specify information related to the determination result.

  As shown in FIG. 16, in the second pre-determination process, the main control CPU 30a determines that the game state in which prefetch command output (information output) is allowed by the command output process is “big hit state (during big hit game) or variable state” Is determined (step Sc21). When the determination result of step Sc21 is negative (when it is not the big hit state and not the variable state), the main control CPU 30a ends the second pre-determination process. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the big hit game is not being performed and the variable state is not set, the prefetch command relating to the second special figure variable game is not generated and the prefetch command is not output to the effect control board 31. It is like that.

  As described above, the main control CPU 30 a that executes the process of step Sc <b> 21 functions as a gaming state determination unit that determines the gaming state of the gaming machine 10. In addition, the process of step Sc21 is an information output determination regarding whether or not to output a prefetch command (information) based on the determination result of determining the gaming state of the gaming machine 10, and the main control CPU 30a receives information output determination means. Function as. Therefore, in the command output process of the timer interrupt process, the main control CPU 30a outputs a prefetch command (information) on the condition that the determination result in step Sc21 is affirmative. Therefore, the main control CPU 30a according to the present embodiment restricts the execution of the pre-reading effect for the second special figure variable game (the prohibiting means for prohibiting) when the big hit game is not being played and is not in the variable state. ).

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sc21 is affirmative (when the game is a big hit state or a variable state), the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a certain change state (step Sc22). . In step Sc22, the main control CPU 30a makes an affirmative determination when “1” is set in the probability variation flag stored in the effect control RAM 31c, but makes a negative determination when “0” is set. . When the determination result of step Sc22 is affirmative (when it is in a probability variation state), the main control CPU 30a executes a probability variation state command setting process for generating a prefetch command (step Sc23). Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the second preliminary determination process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result in step Sc22 is negative (in the case of a non-probable change state), the main control CPU 30a executes a non-probability change state command setting process for generating a prefetch command (step Sc24). Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the second preliminary determination process. The probability variation state command setting process and the non-probability variation state command setting process will be described later.

  Next, a probability change state command setting process (step Sc13) executed as a subroutine in the first pre-determination process of the special symbol input process and a probability change state command setting process (step Sc13) executed as a subroutine of the second pre-determination process Sc23) will be described with reference to FIGS.

  In the probability variation state command setting process (step Sc13) as a subroutine in the first pre-determination process, various random numbers (falling points) acquired in response to the same ball detection (detection signal input) in step Sb4 of the special symbol input process A random number for determination, a random number for jackpot determination, a random number for reach determination, a random number for special symbol distribution, and a random number for variation pattern distribution) are used. Further, in the probability variation state command setting process (step Sc13) as a subroutine in the first preliminary determination process, the updated first reserved memory number added by 1 in step Sb3 of the special symbol input process is used as the reserved memory number. It is done.

  In addition, the probability changing state command setting process (step Sc23) as a subroutine in the second pre-determination process is a random number (falling down) acquired in response to the same ball detection (detection signal input) in step Sb9 of the special symbol input process. A random number for determination, a random number for jackpot determination, a random number for reach determination, a random number for special symbol distribution, and a random number for variation pattern distribution) are used. In addition, in the probability variation state command setting process (step Sc23) as a subroutine in the second preliminary determination process, the updated second reserved memory number added by 1 in step Sb8 of the special symbol input process is used as the reserved memory number. It is done.

  As shown in FIG. 17, in the probability variation state command setting process, the main control CPU 30a compares the value of the fall determination random number acquired in the special symbol input process with the fall determination value, and whether both values match. A pre-start fall determination is executed (step Sd1). That is, in step Sd1, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not an affirmative change fall determination (start period fall determination described later) is executed using the fall determination random number obtained in the special symbol input process. Is pre-determined prior to the probability change fall determination. In the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the fall determination before start is performed based on whether or not the big hit probability is shifted from a high probability to a low probability, and a probability change flag stored in the main control RAM 30c in a special symbol start process described later. Is a transition determination before starting whether or not the probability transition control set to “0” indicating an uncertain change state is executed. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a functions as a pre-start transition determination unit.

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the lottery end condition is set as the variable end condition (second variable period T2), the probability change fall determination (start period fall determination) is performed. If the determination is affirmative, the variable state is terminated together with the probability variable state. That is, in the pre-start fall determination (step Sd1) in the second variable period T2, a fall determination is made as to whether or not the probability change state falls to the non-probability change state, and the fall from the change state to the non-change state occurs. The fall determination as to whether or not to (transfer) is performed at the same time. Therefore, whether the special information control for setting the operation flag to “0” in the special figure variation game is executed before the start of the special figure variation game in the fall determination before the start in the second variable period T2. It is also the operation information determination of NO. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a functions as operation information determination means.

  When the determination result of step Sd1 is affirmative (when the fall determination random number value matches the fall determination value), the main control CPU 30a determines the jackpot determination random number value acquired in the special symbol input process and the jackpot. Of the determination values, the determination value for non-probability change (common value) described above is compared, and a pre-start big hit determination is performed as to whether or not both values match (step Sd2). That is, in step Sd2, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not an affirmative determination is made in the big hit determination (starting big hit determination) executed using the value of the big hit determination random number acquired in the special symbol input process. Prior judgment is made prior to the big hit judgment. As described above, the start period jackpot determination is performed before the special figure variation game is started (at the start of the special figure variation game). Using the value, it is determined whether or not the determination result of the start big hit determination using the value of the big hit determination random number is affirmative. Therefore, the main control CPU 30a that executes the process of step Sd2 functions as a pre-start big hit determining means.

  Next, when the determination result in step Sd2 is affirmative (when the jackpot determination value and the non-probability change determination value match), it is associated with the value of the special symbol distribution random number acquired in the special symbol input process. Pre-start big hit type determination (pre-start special figure determination) for determining the type of special bonus big hit symbol is executed (step Sd3). In step Sd3, the main control CPU 30a uses the special symbol distribution random number obtained in the special symbol input process to determine the special symbol jackpot symbol (type of jackpot) in the special symbol start process. Prior to the selection process.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a refers to the variation pattern distribution table based on the value of the variation pattern distribution random number acquired in the special symbol input process, and associates it with the value of the variation pattern distribution random number. The start variation pattern determination for determining the variation pattern is executed (step Sd4).

  In step Sd4, the main control CPU 30a refers to the first variation pattern distribution table Ta1 shown in FIG. 10 when executing the probability variation state command setting process as a subroutine of the first preliminary determination process. When the CPU 30a for main control is executing the command setting process for probability variation state as a subroutine of the second preliminary determination process, the second variation pattern distribution table Ta2 shown in FIG. 11 or the third variation shown in FIG. Refer to the pattern distribution table Ta3. More specifically, the main control CPU 30a specifies that the operation flag is set to “1” and the variable end condition is not set as the lottery end condition (the first variable period T1). When “0” is set in the alpha flag as possible information, the second variation pattern distribution table Ta2 is referred to. Further, the main control CPU 30a sets “1” in the operation flag and uses the variable end condition as the lottery end condition (the second variable period T2) as information that can specify “ When “1” is set in the alpha flag, the third variation pattern distribution table Ta3 is referred to. The process for setting a value for the alpha flag will be described later.

  The first variation pattern distribution table Ta1, the second variation pattern distribution table Ta2, and the third variation pattern distribution table Ta3 are stored in the main control ROM 30b. Here, each fluctuation pattern distribution table Ta1-Ta3 is demonstrated based on FIGS. 10-12.

  As shown in FIG. 10, in the first variation pattern distribution table Ta1, each variation pattern P1 to P7, P9 includes the determination result of the probability variation fall determination, the determination result of the big hit determination, the small hit determination, and the reach determination. In this embodiment, the random number for distributing the variation pattern is distributed by a predetermined number from the numerical values that can be taken by the random number (all 100 integer values from 0 to 99 in this embodiment). . In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first variation pattern distribution table Ta1 is a variation pattern distribution table for the non-variable state.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 11, in the second variation pattern distribution table Ta2, each variation pattern P1 to P3, P7, P8, and P10 includes a determination result of the probability variation fall determination, a big hit determination, a small hit determination, and By dividing into the determination result of reach determination, the random number for fluctuation pattern distribution is predetermined from the numerical values that can be taken by the random value (all 100 integer values from 0 to 99 in this embodiment). It is sorted by number. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the second variation pattern distribution table Ta2 is a variation pattern distribution table for the first variable period T1 in the variable state.

  Also, as shown in FIG. 12, in the third variation pattern distribution table Ta3, each variation pattern P1 to P3, P10 includes the determination result of the probability variation fall determination, the determination of the big hit determination, the small hit determination, and the reach determination. By dividing the result into random numbers, the random numbers for distribution pattern distribution are distributed by a predetermined number from the numerical values that can be taken by the random number values (in this embodiment, all 100 integer values from 0 to 99). ing. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the third variation pattern distribution table Ta3 is a variation pattern distribution table for the second variable period T2 in the variable state. Each of the fluctuation pattern distribution tables Ta1 to Ta3 is a table that is also referred to in a process of selecting and determining a fluctuation pattern in a special symbol start process described later.

  For example, in step Sd4 in the command setting process for probability variation state of the first prior determination process, the first variation pattern distribution table Ta1 is referred to, and the determination result in step Sd1 (falling determination before start) is affirmative. Since the determination result of Sd2 (pre-start big hit determination) is affirmative, it is determined as a variation pattern P9b (mode transition effect) with a probability of 100/100. In this way, in step Sd4, the main control CPU 30a selects the variation pattern selected in the special symbol start processing using the variation pattern distribution random number obtained in the special symbol input processing. Prior determination is made prior to processing.

  Returning to the description of the probabilistic state command setting process, as shown in FIG. 17, the main control CPU 30a that executed the process of step Sd4 has updated the determination results of steps Sd1 to Sd4 and the special symbol input process. A prefetch command (preliminary determination command) that can specify the number of reserved memories is calculated and generated, and the generated prefetch command is set in the output buffer (step Sd5). In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a that generates a prefetch command functions as a pre-start information generation unit.

  Here, the prefetch command prepared in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 19, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the prefetch command is composed of an upper command as a first control command composed of 1 byte (8 bits) and a numerical value of 1 byte (8 bits). It consists of a lower command as a second control command. In the following description, the upper command constituting the prefetch command is indicated as “prefetch upper command”, and the lower command constituting the prefetch command is indicated as “prefetch lower command”.

  As shown in FIG. 19 (a), in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, 12 types of D0H (11010000B) to DBH (11011011B) are prepared as the values of the prefetch upper commands.

  Each of the prefetch upper commands D0H to DBH specifies whether or not the judgment result of the probability variation fall determination is affirmative as information regarding the determination result of the probability variation fall determination (pre-start fall determination). The determination result of the probability variation fall determination can be specified from the value. More specifically, the prefetch upper commands D0H, D2H, D4H, D6H, D8H, and DAH are prefetch upper commands that can specify that the determination result of the probability variation fall determination (pre-start fall determination) is negative. That is, the prefetch upper commands D0H, D2H, D4H, D6H, D8H, and DAH are prefetch upper commands that can specify that the probability variation state is maintained without falling from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state.

  The prefetch upper commands D1H, D3H, D5H, D7H, D9H, and DBH are prefetch upper commands that can specify that the determination result of the probability variation fall determination (fall determination before start) is affirmative. In other words, the prefetch upper commands D1H, D3H, D5H, D7H, D9H, and DBH are prefetch upper commands that can specify the fall from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state. Therefore, the prefetch command of the present embodiment is pre-start transition information that can specify information regarding whether or not the jackpot probability is transitioned from a high probability to a low probability. In addition, the prefetch command of this embodiment is shifted from the variable state to the non-variable state whether or not the control for setting the operation flag to “0” is executed with the start of the special figure variation game. It is also pre-start transition information that can specify information on whether or not.

  Each prefetch upper command D0H to DBH includes information on the determination result of the big hit determination (pre-start big hit determination) and information on the determination result of the small hit determination (pre-start small hit determination and start period small hit determination). It is specified whether it is a big hit, a small hit or a loss. Therefore, it is possible to specify the determination results of the big hit determination (pre-start big hit determination) and the small hit determination (pre-start small hit determination) from the value of each prefetch upper command.

  Specifically, the prefetch upper commands D0H, D1H, D6H, and D7H are negative in the determination result of the big hit determination (pre-start big hit determination) and the small hit determination (pre-start small hit determination). This is a look-ahead upper command that can specify this. That is, the prefetch upper commands D0H, D1H, D6H, and D7H are prefetch upper commands that can be specified as being out of sync.

  The prefetch upper commands D2H, D3H, D8H, and D9H are prefetch upper commands that can specify that the determination result of the big hit determination (pre-start big hit determination) is affirmative. That is, the prefetch upper commands D2H, D3H, D8H, and D9H are prefetch upper commands that can be specified as big hits. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the prefetch command becomes pre-start big hit information that can specify information regarding whether or not the determination result of the start big hit determination is affirmative.

  Furthermore, the prefetch upper commands D4H, D5H, DAH, and DBH are prefetch upper commands that can specify that the determination result of the small hit determination (pre-start small hit determination) is affirmative. That is, the prefetch upper commands D4H, D5H, DAH, and DBH are prefetch upper commands that can be specified to be a small hit. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the prefetch command is pre-start small hit information that can specify information regarding whether or not the determination result of the start small hit determination is affirmative.

  Each prefetch upper command D0H to DBH specifies whether the information that can be specified by each prefetch upper command D0H to DBH is information about the special figure variation game of Special Figure 1 or Special Figure 2. From the value of each prefetch upper command, it is possible to specify which of the special figure variable games of special figure 1 and special figure 2 is information. More specifically, the prefetch upper commands D0H to D5H are prefetch upper commands that can identify the special figure 1 (first special figure variation game) as the special symbol type, and the prefetch upper commands D6H to DBH are special. This is a pre-read high-order command that can specify that the type of symbol is special figure 2 (second special figure variation game).

  Therefore, for example, in the prefetch upper command D3H, the determination result of the probability change fall determination (start period fall determination) is affirmative and the determination result of the big hit determination (start period big hit determination) is affirmed for the special figure fluctuation game of FIG. Can be specified. That is, the prefetch upper command of the present embodiment generates a prefetch upper command related to the judgment result of the pre-start fall determination in addition to the judgment result such as the pre-start fall judgment, and the detection signal from the first start-up switch SW1, and Information regarding which detection signal of the detection signal from the second start port switch SW2 is input can be specified. As described above, the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment is configured such that a plurality of pieces of information related to the execution of the special figure variation game can be specified from the prefetch upper command.

  Further, as shown in FIGS. 19B and 19C, the prefetch lower command is configured to be able to specify different information regarding the special figure variation game for each one or a plurality of bits (digits).

  In the prefetch lower command, bits 0 to 1 (0 to 1 digit) are set to values that can specify the reserved memory number (first reserved memory number or second reserved memory number). Specifically, in the prefetch lower command, bits 0 to 1 are 00 as a value that can specify that the number of reserved memories = 1, and 01 that can specify that the number of reserved memories = 2. However, 02 is set as a value that can specify that the number of reserved memories = 3, and 11 is set as a value that can specify that the number of held memories = 4. Note that whether the number of reserved memories that can be specified from the prefetch lower command is the first reserved memory number or the second reserved memory number can be specified by the type of special symbol that can be specified by the prefetch upper command. That is, when the value of the prefetch upper command is D0H to D5H, it can be specified that the reserved memory number that can be specified from the prefetch lower command is the first reserved memory number. When the value of the prefetch upper command is D6H to DBH, it can be specified that the number of reserved memories that can be specified from the prefetch lower command is the second reserved memory number. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the prefetch command becomes the number-of-holds information that can specify information related to the number of reserved memories (first and second reserved memory numbers) stored in the main control RAM 30c.

  In the prefetch lower command, bits 2 to 3 (2 to 3 digits) are set to a value that can specify the type of jackpot (special jackpot symbol) or reach determination (reach determination before start). Is done. Specifically, in the look-ahead low order command, bits 2 to 3 are jackpot A (special figure A, a) or 00 as a value that can specify that the determination result of reach determination is affirmative, (Special Figure B, b) or 01 is set as a value that can specify that the determination result of the reach determination is negative, and 10 is set as a value that can specify that it is a big hit C (Special Figure C, c) .

  Whether the prefetch lower command specifies the type of jackpot or the determination result of reach determination can be specified by the determination result of big hit determination or small hit determination that can be specified by the prefetch upper command. In other words, when the value of the prefetch upper command is one of D2H, D3H, D8H, and D9H (in the case of big hit), the type of jackpot (special figure) can be specified from the values of bits 2-3 of the prefetch lower command. . Further, when the value of the prefetch upper command is D0H, D1H, D6H, D7H (in the case of loss), the determination result of reach determination can be specified from the values of bits 2 to 3 of the prefetch lower command. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the prefetch command is pre-start big hit seed information that can specify information on the big hit type determined by the main control CPU 30a.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the prefetch upper commands D0H, D1H, D6H, and D7H are generated (in the case of failure), 00 or 01 is set in bits 2 to 3 of the prefetch lower commands. On the other hand, 10 is not set. Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the prefetch upper commands D4H, D5H, DAH, DBH are generated (in the case of small hits), 10 is set in bits 2 to 3 of the prefetch lower commands. 00 and 01 are not set.

In the prefetch lower command, bits 4 to 6 (4 to 6 digits) are set to values that can specify the type of variation pattern selected using the variation pattern distribution random number.
Specifically, in bits 4 to 6, 000 is the variation pattern P4 or the variation pattern P7 as a value that can identify the variation pattern P3 or any of the variation patterns P9a and P10. 001 is set as a value that can specify this, and 010 is set as a value that can specify that it is the fluctuation pattern P5 or the fluctuation pattern P8. In bits 4 to 6, 011 is set as a value that can identify the variation pattern P6, and 100 is set as a value that can identify the variation pattern P7. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the prefetch command becomes pre-start variation information that can specify information regarding the variation pattern selected based on the determination result of the start period jackpot determination.

  Here, when there are a plurality of change patterns that can be specified from the prefetch lower command, which of the plurality of change patterns can be specified is the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 (variable state or non-variable state). Or).

  That is, for example, when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the non-variable state, when the value of the bits 4 to 6 of the prefetch lower command is 000, the fluctuation pattern P3 is changed to 001, and the fluctuation pattern P4 is changed to 010. The pattern P5 can be specified. Further, for example, when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a variable state, when the value of bits 4 to 6 of the look-ahead lower command is 000, the variation pattern P3 is displayed, when the value is 001, the variation pattern P7 is displayed. P8 can be specified. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the gaming state is variable, any of 000 to 010 is set in bits 4 to 6 of the prefetch lower order command, but 011 to 100 are not set. .

  As described above, according to the look-ahead low-order command of the present embodiment, different variation pattern determination results (described later) when the operation flag is set to “1” and when “0” is set. The determination result of the pre-start variation pattern determination) can be specified. In addition, as described above, in the first pre-determination process related to special figure 1, a prefetch command related to special figure 1 is generated on the condition that it is not a big hit state and is in an unchangeable state, while on the special figure 2 In the second pre-determination process, a prefetch command relating to the special figure 2 is generated on the condition that the variable state is set. Therefore, in the prefetch command of the present embodiment, when the prefetch upper command is generated when the detection signal from the first start port switch SW1 is input (when the special figure 1 can be specified), the second start It can be understood that a different variation pattern can be specified when it is generated in response to the input of the detection signal from the mouth switch SW2 (when the special figure 2 can be specified).

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the prefetch upper commands D1H, D3H, D5H, D7H, D9H, and DBH are generated (when falling to the non-probable change state), bits 4 to 6 of the prefetch lower command Is set to 000, while 000 to 100 is not set. Therefore, when the values of bits 4 to 6 of the prefetch lower command are 000, and the value of the prefetch upper command is any of D1H, D3H, D5H, D7H, D9H, and DBH (falling to an uncertain change state) In the case of (if), it can be specified from the prefetch lower command whether the pattern is the variation pattern P9 or the variation pattern P10. As described above, in the prefetch lower command of the present embodiment, the variation pattern (in the special figure variation game) that differs depending on the determination result of the probability variation fall determination (whether or not to fall from the probability variation state) specified in the prefetch upper command. (Variation content and variation time) can be specified. It should be noted that 0 is always set in bit 7 of the prefetch lower command.

  Returning to the description of the command setting process for the probable change state, as shown in FIG. 17, in step Sd5, the main control CPU 30a selects D3H or D9H as the value of the prefetch upper command corresponding to the determination result in steps Sd1 and Sd2. That is, the main control CPU 30a selects D3H when executing the probability variation state command setting process as a subroutine of the first preliminary determination process, and executes the probability variation state command setting process as a subroutine of the second preliminary determination process. If it is, select D9H.

  In step Sd5, the main control CPU 30a sets the value of bits 0 to 1 corresponding to the updated number of reserved memories updated in the special symbol input process, and the type of jackpot determined in step Sd3 (special jackpot symbol). A corresponding value of bits 2 to 3 and a value of bits 4 to 6 corresponding to the variation pattern determined in step Sd4 are added (calculated) to generate a prefetch lower command. Then, the main control CPU 30a sets the generated prefetch command (prefetch upper command and prefetch lower command) in the output buffer, and ends the probability change state command setting process.

  If the determination result in step Sd2 is negative (if the big hit determination value does not match the uncertain change determination value), the big hit determination random number used in the determination in step Sd2 is compared with the small hit determination value. Then, a pre-start small hit determination is made as to whether or not both values match (step Sd6). That is, in step Sd6, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not an affirmative determination is made in the small hit determination (starting small hit determination) executed using the value of the big hit determination random number acquired in the special symbol input process. The prior determination is made prior to the small hit determination. Therefore, the main control CPU 30a functions as a pre-start small hit determination means.

  When the determination result of step Sd6 is affirmative (when the big hit determination value matches the small hit determination value), the main control CPU 30a executes the pre-start variation pattern determination in the same manner as the processing of step Sd4 described above ( Step Sd7).

  Next, the main control CPU 30a calculates and generates a determination result of steps Sd1, Sd2, Sd6, and Sd7, and a prefetch command that can specify the updated reserved memory number updated in the special symbol input process. The prefetch command thus set is set in the output buffer (step Sd8). That is, in step Sd8, the main control CPU 30a executes D5H when the probability variation state command setting process is being executed as a subroutine of the first preliminary determination process, and performs the probability variation state command setting process as a subroutine of the second preliminary determination process. When executing, DBH is selected as a prefetch upper command. Further, the main control CPU 30a calculates and generates a prefetch lower command in the same manner as the process of step Sd5, and sets the generated prefetch commands (prefetch upper command and prefetch lower command) in the output buffer. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the probability variation state command setting process.

  When the determination result in step Sd6 is negative (when the big hit determination random number value does not match the small hit determination value), the main control CPU 30a determines the reach determination random number value acquired in the special symbol input process. The reach determination value is compared, and a pre-start reach determination is performed as to whether or not both values match (step Sd9). That is, in step Sd9, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not an affirmative determination is made in the start period reach determination executed using the reach determination random number obtained in the special symbol input process. Prior to the decision.

  When the determination result in step Sd9 is affirmative (when the reach determination random number value and the reach determination value match), the main control CPU 30a executes the pre-start variation pattern determination in the same manner as the process in step Sd4 described above. (Step Sd10).

  Next, the main control CPU 30a calculates and generates a prefetch command that can specify the determination result in steps Sd1, Sd2, Sd6, Sd9, and Sd10 and the updated number of reserved memories updated in the special symbol input process. The generated prefetch command is set in the output buffer (step Sd11). That is, in step Sd11, the main control CPU 30a executes D1H when the probability changing state command setting process is executed as a subroutine of the first predetermination process, and performs the probability changing state command setting process as a subroutine of the second predetermination process. If it is being executed, D7H is selected as the prefetch upper command. Further, the main control CPU 30a calculates and generates a prefetch lower command in the same manner as the process of step Sd5, and sets the generated prefetch commands (prefetch upper command and prefetch lower command) in the output buffer. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the probability variation state command setting process.

  If the determination result in step Sd9 is negative (if the reach determination random number value does not match the reach determination value), the main control CPU 30a determines whether the determination result in steps Sd1, Sd2, Sd6, and Sd9 is updated. Is calculated (generated) and set in the output buffer (step Sd12). That is, in step Sd12, the main control CPU 30a performs D1H when the probability variation state command setting process is being executed as a subroutine of the first preliminary determination process, and performs the probability variation state command setting process as a subroutine of the second preliminary determination process. When it is being executed, D7H is selected as a prefetch upper command. Further, the main control CPU 30a calculates and generates a prefetch lower command in the same manner as the process of step Sd5, and sets the generated prefetch commands (prefetch upper command and prefetch lower command) in the output buffer. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the probability variation state command setting process.

  When the determination result in step Sd1 is negative (when the fall determination random number value and the fall determination value do not match), as shown in FIG. 18, the main control CPU 30a determines the jackpot determination acquired in the special symbol input process. The value of the random number for use is compared with the above-described probability variation determination value of the big hit determination value, and a pre-start big hit determination is executed as to whether or not both values match (step Sd13). That is, in step Sd13, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not an affirmative determination is made in the big hit determination (starting big hit determination) executed using the value of the big hit determination random number acquired in the special symbol input process. Prior judgment is made prior to the big hit judgment. The main control CPU 30a that executes the process of step Sd13 functions as a pre-start big hit determining means.

  Next, when the determination result of step Sd13 is affirmative (when the value of the random number for jackpot determination and the determination value for probability variation match), the main control CPU 30a performs the jackpot symbol of the special symbol in the same manner as the process of step Sd3. Is determined (step Sd14). Further, the main control CPU 30a executes the pre-start variation pattern determination in the same manner as the process of step Sd4 described above (step Sd15).

  Next, the main control CPU 30a calculates and generates a determination result of steps Sd1, Sd13 to Sd15, and a prefetch command that can specify the updated number of reserved memories updated in the special symbol input process, and the generated prefetch The command is set in the output buffer (step Sd16). That is, in step Sd16, the main control CPU 30a executes D2H when the probability variation state command setting process is being executed as a subroutine of the first preliminary determination process, and performs the probability variation state command setting process as a subroutine of the second preliminary determination process. If it is being executed, D8H is selected as the prefetch upper command. Further, the main control CPU 30a calculates and generates a prefetch lower command in the same manner as the process of step Sd5, and sets the generated prefetch commands (prefetch upper command and prefetch lower command) in the output buffer. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the probability variation state command setting process.

  If the determination result in step Sd13 is negative (if the big hit determination value does not match the probability variation determination value), the pre-start small hit determination is executed in the same manner as in step Sd6 (step Sd17). The main control CPU 30a that executes the process of step Sd17 functions as a pre-start small hit determination unit. When the determination result in step Sd17 is affirmative (when the big hit determination value and the small hit determination value match), the main control CPU 30a executes the pre-start variation pattern determination in the same manner as the processing of step Sd4 described above ( Step Sd18).

  Next, the main control CPU 30a calculates and generates a determination result of steps Sd1, Sd13, Sd17, and Sd18 and a prefetch command that can specify the updated reserved memory number updated in the special symbol input process. The prefetch command thus set is set in the output buffer (step Sd19). That is, in step Sd19, the main control CPU 30a executes D4H when the probability variation state command setting process is being executed as a subroutine of the first preliminary determination process, and performs the probability variation state command setting process as a subroutine of the second preliminary determination process. When executing, DAH is selected as a prefetch upper command. Further, the main control CPU 30a calculates and generates a prefetch lower command in the same manner as the process of step Sd5, and sets the generated prefetch commands (prefetch upper command and prefetch lower command) in the output buffer. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the probability variation state command setting process.

  Further, when the determination result of step Sd17 is negative (when the value of the big hit determination random number does not match the small hit determination value), the main control CPU 30a executes the pre-start reach determination in the same manner as the process of step Sd9. (Step Sd20). When the determination result in step Sd20 is affirmative (when the reach determination random number value and the reach determination value match), the main control CPU 30a executes the pre-start variation pattern determination in the same manner as in step Sd4 described above. (Step Sd21).

  Next, the main control CPU 30a calculates and generates a prefetch command that can specify the determination result in steps Sd1, Sd13, Sd17, Sd20, and Sd21 and the updated number of reserved memories updated in the special symbol input process. The generated prefetch command is set in the output buffer (step Sd22). That is, in step Sd22, the main control CPU 30a executes D0H when the probability variation state command setting process is being executed as a subroutine of the first preliminary determination process, and performs the probability variation state command setting process as a subroutine of the second preliminary determination process. If it is being executed, D6H is selected as the prefetch upper command. Further, the main control CPU 30a calculates and generates a prefetch lower command in the same manner as the process of step Sd5, and sets the generated prefetch commands (prefetch upper command and prefetch lower command) in the output buffer. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the probability variation state command setting process.

  When the determination result in step Sd20 is negative (when the reach determination random number value does not match the reach determination value), the main control CPU 30a determines whether the determination result in steps Sd1, Sd13, Sd17, and Sd20 is updated. Is calculated (generated) and set in the output buffer (step Sd23). That is, in step Sd23, the main control CPU 30a executes D0H when the probability variation state command setting process is being executed as a subroutine of the first preliminary determination process, and performs the probability variation state command setting process as a subroutine of the second preliminary determination process. If it is being executed, D6H is selected as the prefetch upper command. Further, the main control CPU 30a calculates and generates a prefetch lower command in the same manner as the process of step Sd5, and sets the generated prefetch commands (prefetch upper command and prefetch lower command) in the output buffer. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the probability variation state command setting process.

  Next, it is executed as a subroutine of the non-probability change state command setting process (step Sc13) executed as a subroutine in the first pre-determination process (step Sb5) of the special symbol input process and the second pre-determination process (step Sb10). The uncertain change state command setting process (step Sc23) will be described with reference to FIG. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the non-probability change state command setting process does not include a process corresponding to the fall determination before start in step Sd1 in the probability change state command setting process. Accordingly, the main control CPU 30a executes each process included in the non-probability change state command setting process on the assumption that the determination result of the pre-starting fall determination is negative (non-falling). The processing contents of steps Sd31 to Sd41 in the non-probability change state command setting process are the same as the processing contents of steps Sd2 to Sc12 in the probability change state command setting process described above, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted.

  The main control CPU 30a that executes the non-probabilistic change state command setting process functions as a pre-start big hit determination unit and a pre-start small hit determination unit. Each prefetch command set in the output buffer by the first pre-determination process and the second pre-determination process is output to the effect control board 31 (effect control CPU 31a) by the command output process (step Sa1) in the timer interrupt process. Is done. As described above, the main control CPU 30a that executes the command setting process for the probability variation state and the command setting process for the non-probability variation state functions as the information output unit and the pre-start information output unit.

Next, the special symbol start process (step Sa4) in the timer interrupt process will be described with reference to FIGS.
As shown in FIG. 21, in the special symbol start process, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not a special symbol variation game or a big hit game is being played (step Se1). When the determination result of step Se1 is affirmative (when the special figure variation game or the big hit game is being played), the main control CPU 30a ends the special symbol start process. On the other hand, when the determination result at step Se1 is negative (when the special figure variation game is not being played and the big hit game is not being played), the main control CPU 30a reads the second reserved memory number from the main control RAM 30c (step Se2). .

  Next, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the second reserved storage number read in step Se2 is larger than 0 (zero) (step Se3). When the determination result of step Se3 is negative (when the second reserved memory number = 0), the main control CPU 30a reads the first reserved memory number from the main control RAM 30c (step Se4). Next, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the first reserved storage number read in step Se4 is larger than 0 (zero) (step Se5). When the determination result at step Se5 is negative (when the first reserved memory count = 0), the main control CPU 30a ends the special symbol start process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Se5 is affirmative (when the first reserved memory number> 0), the main control CPU 30a uses the main control CPU 30a as information that can specify that the first special figure variation game is to be executed. “0” is set to the special figure fluctuation processing flag stored in the RAM 30c (step Se6). As described above, the special figure fluctuation processing flag is a control flag for specifying whether the special figure fluctuation game to be executed is the first special figure fluctuation game or the second special figure fluctuation game.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a updates by subtracting 1 from the first reserved storage number (step Se7). The main control CPU 30a that has updated (subtracted 1) the first reserved memory number controls the display content of the first special symbol display device 22 so as to display the updated first updated memory number (after subtraction). The process of step Se7 is a subtraction storage process in which the value of the big hit determination random number is subtracted and stored from the associated first stored number at the start of the first special figure variation game. The main control CPU 30a that executes the process of step Se7 functions as a reserved storage control means.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a stores various random numbers (fall determination random number, jackpot determination random number, reach determination random number) stored in a predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 30c in association with the first reserved storage number. , And special figure distribution random number) are read (step Se8). Specifically, the main control CPU 30a stores the earliest first stored memory number among the four storage areas respectively associated with the first reserved memory number = 1 to 4 in the main control RAM 30c = The values of various random numbers stored in the storage area associated with 1 are read. In step Se8, the main control CPU 30a determines the values of various random numbers stored in the storage area associated with the first reserved memory number = n (where n = 2 to 4) as the first reserved memory number = Update storage processing (so-called shift processing) to be stored in the storage area associated with n−1 is executed.

  That is, the main control CPU 30a stores various random number values stored in the storage area associated with the first reserved memory number = 2 in the storage area associated with the first reserved memory number = 1. The main control CPU 30a stores various random number values stored in the storage area associated with the first reserved memory number = 3 in the storage area associated with the first reserved memory number = 2. The main control CPU 30a stores various random number values stored in the storage area associated with the first reserved memory number = 4 in the storage area associated with the first reserved memory number = 3.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a that has executed the process of Step Se8 executes the processes after Step Se12 shown in FIG. The processing after step Se12 will be described later.

  When the determination result of step Se3 is affirmative (when the second reserved memory number> 0), the main control CPU 30a is stored in the main control RAM 30c as information indicating that the second special figure variation game is executed. "1" is set to the special figure fluctuation processing flag (step Se9).

  Next, the main control CPU 30a updates by subtracting 1 from the second reserved storage number (step Se10). The main control CPU 30a that has updated (subtracted 1) the second reserved memory number controls the display content of the second special symbol display device 23 so as to display the updated second reserved memory number (after subtraction). The process of step Se10 is a subtraction storage process in which the value of the jackpot determination random number is subtracted and stored from the associated second stored number at the start of the second special figure variation game. The main control CPU 30a that executes the process of step Se10 functions as a reserved storage control means.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a stores various random numbers (fall determination random number, jackpot determination random number, reach determination random number) stored in a predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 30c in association with the second reserved storage number. , And special figure distribution random number) are read (step Se11). Specifically, the main control CPU 30a stores the earliest stored second stored number in the four storage areas respectively associated with the second reserved memory number = 1 to 4 in the main control RAM 30c = The values of various random numbers stored in the storage area associated with 1 are read. In step Se11, the main control CPU 30a sets the values of various random numbers stored in the storage area associated with the second reserved memory number = n (where n = 2 to 4) to the second reserved memory number = Update storage processing (so-called shift processing) to be stored in the storage area associated with n−1 is executed.

  That is, the main control CPU 30a stores various random number values stored in the storage area associated with the second reserved memory number = 2 in the storage area associated with the second reserved memory number = 1. The main control CPU 30a stores various random number values stored in the storage area associated with the second reserved memory number = 3 in the storage area associated with the second reserved memory number = 2. The main control CPU 30a stores various random number values stored in the storage area associated with the second reserved memory number = 4 in the storage area associated with the second reserved memory number = 3. Then, the main control CPU 30a that has executed the process of Step Se11 executes the processes after Step Se12 shown in FIG.

Next, the processing after step Se12 executed by the main control CPU 30a that has finished the processing of step Se8 or step Se11 will be described.
In addition, in the process after Step Se12 in the special symbol start process, when the process proceeds from Step Se8, various random numbers (falling judgments) acquired with the same ball detection (input of a detection signal) read out in Step Se8. Random number for jackpot determination, random number for jackpot determination, random number for reach determination, random number for special symbol distribution, and random number for fluctuation pattern distribution). In addition, in the process after Step Se12 in the special symbol start process, when the process proceeds from Step Se11, various random numbers (falling judgments) acquired by using the same ball detection (input of a detection signal) read in Step Se11. Random number for jackpot determination, random number for jackpot determination, random number for reach determination, random number for special symbol distribution, and random number for fluctuation pattern distribution).

  As shown in FIG. 22, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a probability change state (step Se12). Specifically, in step Se12, the main control CPU 30a sets "1" as information that can specify that the state is in the probability variation state in the aforementioned probability variation flag stored in the main control RAM 30c. In this case, an affirmative determination is made, while a negative determination is made when “0” is set as information that can identify the non-probability change state.

  When the determination result of step Se12 is affirmative (when it is in a probable variation state), the main control CPU 30a compares the fall determination random number value read out in the process of step Se8 or step Se11 with the fall determination value. Then, a start period fall determination (fall lottery) is performed as to whether or not both values match (step Se13). This start period fall determination (step Se13) is performed when starting the special figure variation game (at the start of the special figure variation game), and whether or not the big hit probability is shifted from a high probability to a low probability. (Start transition judgment). Further, the main control CPU 30a functions as start period transition determination means (start time transition determination means).

  When the determination result of step Se13 is affirmative (when the fall determination random number value and the fall determination value match), the main control CPU 30a shifts the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state. Is set to “0” as information indicating the non-probability change state in the probability change flag stored in the main control RAM 30c (step Se14). In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the process of step Se14 is probability transition control. The main control CPU 30a of the present embodiment, when the special figure variation game is executed based on the determination result of the jackpot determination (starting jackpot determination) described later, when the transition from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state, the effect control RAM 31c. Functions as probability information control means for storing “0” as information indicating that the state is indeterminate. In step Se14, the main control CPU 30a generates a probability change end command that can specify that the probability change state has ended, and sets it in the output buffer.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a sets “1” in the probability variation fall flag stored in the main control RAM 30c as information that can specify that the affirmative determination is made in the probability variation fall determination (winning in the probability variation fall lottery). Is set (step Se15). As described above, the probability variation fall flag is a flag that can specify the result of the probability variation fall determination (probability variation fall lottery) in the special symbol start process.

  The main control CPU 30a that has executed the process of step Se15 proceeds to the process of step Se16. In addition, when the determination result of Step Se12 is negative (in the case of an indefinite variation state) and when the determination result of Step Se13 is negative (when the fall determination random number value and the fall determination value do not match), the main The control CPU 30a proceeds to the process of step Se16. For this reason, when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the non-probability changing state, and when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the probabilistic changing state and the fall to the non-probability changing state is not determined, the probability changing flag The value of cannot be rewritten.

  In step Se16, the main control CPU 30a compares the jackpot determination random number value read in step Se8 or step Se11 with the jackpot determination value, and executes a start period jackpot determination as to whether or not both values match. (Step Se16). At this time, when the value of the probability variation flag is “1” (when the probability variation state is set), the main control CPU 30a executes the start period jackpot determination using the probability variation determination value among the jackpot determination values. On the other hand, when the value of the probability variation flag is “0” (in the case of a non-probability variation state), the main control CPU 30a uses the non-probability variation determination value (= common value) among the big hit determination values. The big hit judgment is executed. That is, the main control CPU 30a according to the present embodiment executes a start big hit determination (big hit determination, big hit lottery) based on a big hit probability that can be specified from the value (probability information) of the probability variation flag stored in the main control RAM 30c. .

  According to such a configuration, the main control CPU 30a of the present embodiment does not store the second reserved memory number (second start reserved ball) when starting the symbol variation game (at the start) ( When the second reserved memory number = 0, and the first reserved memory number (the first start-up holding ball) is stored (when the first reserved memory number> 0), it corresponds to the first reserved memory number In addition, the start jackpot determination is executed using the value of the jackpot determination random number stored in the main control RAM 30c. On the other hand, when the second reserved memory number (second start reserved ball) is stored (second reserved memory number> 0), the main control CPU 30a of the present embodiment has the first reserved memory number (first start reserved number). Regardless of whether or not (ball) is stored, the starting big hit determination is executed using the value of the big hit determination random number stored in the main control RAM 30c in association with the second reserved storage number. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, even if the execution of the first special figure variable game is suspended, if there is a second special figure variable game that is pending, the second A special figure variation game is interrupted and preferentially executed.

  If the determination result at step Se16 is affirmative (when the value of the random number for jackpot determination matches the jackpot determination value), the main control CPU 30a determines that the jackpot is to be made and reads at step Se8 or step Se11. Based on the value of the random number for special symbol distribution, one jackpot symbol is determined from among the jackpot symbols based on the special symbol (step Se17). Specifically, the main control CPU 30a determines a jackpot symbol based on a special symbol associated with the value of the special symbol distribution random number read in step Se8 or step Se11.

  When the special figure variation processing flag is set to “0”, the big hit symbol determined in step Se17 is a big hit symbol that is displayed on the first special symbol display device 22 that displays the first special figure fluctuation game. Become. On the other hand, when “1” is set in the special symbol variation processing flag, the big hit symbol determined in step Se17 is confirmed and stopped on the second special symbol display device 23 that displays the second special symbol variation game. It will be a big hit design. As described above, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, since the type of jackpot is associated with the jackpot symbol, the type of jackpot is determined by determining the jackpot symbol. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a functions as a big hit type determining means for determining the big hit type.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a selects a variation pattern based on the determination result in step Se16, the values set in the various flags, and the random number for variation pattern distribution read in steps Se8 and Se11. Determine (step Se18).

  Specifically, in step Se18, the main control CPU 30a uses the operation flag stored in the main control RAM 30c as information that can specify that the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the non-changeable state. When “0” is set, the first variation pattern distribution table Ta1 is selected (shown in FIG. 10). Further, the main control CPU 30a sets “1” as information that can specify that the operation flag is in the variable state, and does not use the variable end condition as the lottery end condition (first variable period) When “0” is set in the alpha flag as information capable of specifying (T1), the second variation pattern distribution table Ta2 is selected (shown in FIG. 11). Further, the main control CPU 30a sets “1” in the operation flag and uses the variable end condition as the lottery end condition (the second variable period T2) as information that can specify “ When “1” is set in the alpha flag, the third variation pattern distribution table Ta3 is selected (shown in FIG. 12).

  Then, as shown in FIG. 21, the main control CPU 30a determines the probability variation fall determination (step Se13) that can be specified from the value of the probability variation fall flag, the determination result of the start big hit determination (step Se16), and the step. Based on the variation pattern distribution random number value read out at Se8 and Se11, the variation pattern is determined with reference to the selected variation pattern table.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a executes various processes related to the execution of the special figure variation game (step Se19). In step Se19, the main control CPU 30a generates a variation pattern designation command as variation information for specifying the variation pattern and instructing the start of the symbol variation game, and sets it in the output buffer. As shown in FIGS. 10 to 12, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the command value for special figure 1 and the second special figure that can specify that the fluctuation pattern is related to the first special figure fluctuation game. A command value for the special figure 2 that can identify the variation pattern related to the variation game is set for each variation pattern. For example, the fluctuation pattern designation command 8001H can specify that the first special figure fluctuation game is executed based on the fluctuation pattern P1, and the fluctuation pattern designation command 8101H can specify the second special figure fluctuation game based on the fluctuation pattern P1. It can be specified to be executed.

  In step Se19, when “0” is set in the special figure fluctuation processing flag, the main control CPU 30a uses the special figure fluctuation processing flag while using the command value for special figure 1 as the value of the fluctuation pattern designation command. Is set to “1”, the command value for the special figure 2 is used as the value of the variation pattern designation command. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a functions as start time information generating means. In step Se19, the main control CPU 30a generates a special figure designation command capable of specifying the determined special figure (special figure type) and sets it in the output buffer.

  In step Se19, if the special figure fluctuation processing flag is set to “0”, the main control CPU 30a displays the display content of the first special symbol display device 22 so as to start the fluctuation display of the special figure 1. Control. On the other hand, when “1” is set in the special figure fluctuation processing flag, the main control CPU 30a controls the display content of the second special symbol display device 23 so as to start the fluctuation display of the special figure 2. The main control CPU 30a starts measuring the variation time (effect time) of the special figure variation game that can be specified from the determined variation pattern.

  In step Se19, the main control CPU 30a sets “0” as the value of the probability variation fall flag stored in the main control RAM 30c, and clears the probability variation fall flag. . Then, the main control CPU 30a ends the special symbol start process. Various commands set in the output buffer in accordance with the execution of the special symbol start process are sequentially output to the effect control board 31 by the command output process in the timer interrupt process described above.

  When the determination result at step Se16 is negative (when the value of the big hit determination random number does not match the big hit determination value), the main control CPU 30a determines the big hit determination random number used for the big hit determination before the start at step Se16. The value is compared with the small hit determination value, and the start period small hit determination is executed as to whether or not both values match (step Se20). Therefore, the main control CPU 30a functions as a start period small hit determination means.

  When the determination result of step Se20 is affirmative (when the value of the big hit determination random number matches the value of the small hit determination value), the main control CPU 30a decides to make a small hit and displays the small hit symbol by a special figure. Determine (step Se21). When “0” is set in the special figure variation processing flag, the small bonus symbol determined in step Se21 is the small bonus that is determined and stopped on the first special symbol display device 22 for displaying the first special graphic variation game. It becomes a design. On the other hand, when “1” is set in the special figure variation processing flag, the small hit symbol determined in step Se21 is confirmed and stopped on the second special symbol display device 23 that displays the second special figure variation game. It becomes a small hit symbol to be displayed.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a performs the above-described steps based on the determination results of steps Se16 and Se20, the values set in the various flags, and the random numbers for variation pattern distribution read in steps Se8 and Se11. A variation pattern is selected and determined in the same manner as in Se18 (step Se22). Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a proceeds to the process of step Se19.

  When the determination result at step Se20 is negative (when the value of the big hit determination random number does not match the small hit determination value), the main control CPU 30a determines the deviation and reads out at step Se8 or step Se11. The value of the reach determination random number is compared with the reach determination value, and the start period reach determination is performed as to whether or not both values match (step Se23).

  When the determination result of step Se23 is affirmative (when the reach determination random number value and the reach determination value match), the main control CPU 30a determines a dissociation symbol according to the special figure (step Se24). When “0” is set in the special figure variation processing flag, the outlier symbol determined in step Se24 is the off symbol to be confirmed and stopped on the first special symbol display device 22 for displaying the first special figure variation game. Become. On the other hand, when “1” is set in the special figure variation processing flag, the off symbol determined in step Se24 is displayed on the second special symbol display device 23 displaying the second special figure variation game as a fixed stop display. It will be a missed design.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a, based on the determination results in steps Se16, Se20, Se23, the values set in the various flags, and the fluctuation pattern distribution random number values read in steps Se8, Se11, described above. The variation pattern is selected and determined in the same manner as in step Se18 (step Se25). Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a proceeds to the process of step Se19.

  If the determination result in step Se23 is negative (if the reach determination random number value and the reach determination value do not match), the main control CPU 30a determines a dissociation symbol based on the special figure (step Se26). When “0” is set in the special figure variation processing flag, the outlier symbol determined in step Se26 is a misplaced symbol that causes the first special symbol display device 22 for displaying the first special figure variation game to be confirmed and stopped. Become. On the other hand, when “1” is set in the special figure variation processing flag, the off symbol determined in step Se26 is displayed on the second special symbol display device 23 that displays the second special figure variation game as a fixed stop display. It will be a missed design.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a, based on the determination results in steps Se16, Se20, Se23, the values set in the various flags, and the fluctuation pattern distribution random number values read in steps Se8, Se11, described above. The variation pattern is selected and determined in the same manner as in step Se18 (step Se27).

  In step Se27, when the main control CPU 30a selects any one of the fluctuation patterns P1 and P2, the sum of the first reserved memory number and the second reserved memory number is set when the operation flag is set to “0”. Based on the value, the variation pattern is selected with reference to the first variation pattern distribution table Ta1. On the other hand, when “1” is set in the operation flag, the main control CPU 30a selects the variation pattern by referring to the second variation pattern distribution table Ta2 based on the second reserved memory number. To do. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, when the sum of the numbers of reserved memories or the second number of reserved memories is 2 or more, the rate at which the variation pattern P2 is selected is higher than when the number is less than 2. . For this reason, when the total value of each reserved memory number or the second reserved memory number is 2 or more, compared with the case where the total value of each reserved memory number or the second reserved memory number is less than 2, The average variation time of the diagram variation game is shortened. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a that selects (determines) the variation pattern in Steps Se18, Se22, Se25, Se27 functions as the variation pattern selection unit and the derived pattern selection unit. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a proceeds to the process of step Se19.

  Then, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a elapses in the effect time set in the determined variation pattern in a special symbol variation process (not shown) different from the special symbol start process described above. At times, the display contents of the special symbol display devices 22 and 23 are controlled so that the special figure determined as the special figure to be confirmed and stopped is displayed. More specifically, when “0” is set in the special figure variation processing flag, the main control CPU 30a performs special symbol start processing when a variation time (effect time) that can be specified from the determined variation pattern has elapsed. The display content of the first special symbol display device 22 is controlled so that the special figure 1 determined in step 1 is confirmed and stopped. Further, when “1” is set in the special figure variation process flag, the main control CPU 30a determines the special symbol determined in the special symbol start process when the variation time (effect time) that can be specified from the determined variation pattern has elapsed. The display content of the second special symbol display device 23 is controlled so that FIG. Further, the main control CPU 30a sets a game end command for ending the symbol variation game of the decorative drawing in the output buffer when the variation time (effect time) set in the determined variation pattern has elapsed, and performs the effect control. Output to the substrate 31.

  Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the special symbol input process (first and second preliminary determination processes) is a process that is executed when a ball entering the first start winning opening 24 or the second starting winning opening 25 is detected. Thus, the process is executed before the special figure variation game based on the detected ball entry is started (execution of the special symbol start process).

  Then, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in the pre-start fall determination executed before starting the special symbol variation game (special symbol input processing), when starting the special symbol variation game (special symbol start processing) ) Is determined in advance as to whether or not the value of the fall determination random number used for the start fall determination and the fall determination value match. Therefore, the determination result of the pre-start fall determination and the determination result of the start period fall determination match as long as the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 does not change.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in the pre-start big hit determination executed in the special symbol input processing, the value of the big hit determination random number used for the start big hit determination executed in the special symbol start processing and the big hit determination It is determined in advance whether or not the values match. Accordingly, the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination matches the determination result of the start big hit determination as long as the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 does not change.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in the pre-start big hit type judgment (pre-start special figure judgment) executed in the special symbol input process, the type of big hit (special jackpot symbol) is determined in the special symbol start process The jackpot symbol (type of jackpot) of the special symbol associated with the value of the random number for special symbol distribution used in the determination is determined in advance. Therefore, the big hit symbol (type of big hit) determined in the big hit type determination before start (special symbol determination before start) and the big hit symbol (type of big hit) determined in the special symbol start process are the games of the gaming machine 10. Match as long as the state does not change.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in the pre-start small hit determination executed in the special symbol input process, the value of the big hit determination random number used in the start period small hit determination executed in the special symbol start process, It is determined in advance whether or not the small hit determination value matches. Therefore, the determination result of the pre-start small hit determination matches the determination result of the start small hit determination as long as the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 does not change.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in the pre-start reach determination executed in the special symbol input process, the reach determination random number value used in the start period reach determination executed in the special symbol start process and the reach determination It is determined in advance whether or not the values match. Therefore, the determination result of the pre-start reach determination and the determination result of the start period reach determination match as long as the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 does not change.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in the pre-start variation pattern determination executed in the special symbol input process, the variation pattern distribution random number value used when determining the variation pattern in the special symbol start process The variation pattern is determined in advance using the variation pattern distribution tables Ta1 to Ta3. Therefore, the variation pattern determined by the pre-start variation pattern determination matches the variation pattern determined in the special symbol start process as long as the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 does not change.

  Next, the hit process (step Sa5) in the timer interrupt process will be described. In the following description, a process (operation) performed by the main control CPU 30a by executing various processes included in the hit process will be briefly described.

  When the big win is determined in the special symbol start process of the special figure variation game executed immediately before, the main control CPU 30a grants the big hit game by executing the hit process. Specifically, the main control CPU 30a first generates a big hit game opening command for instructing execution of the opening effect when the big hit special figure variation game ends, and sets it in the output buffer.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a generates a round command instructing the start of the round game every time the round game is started after the opening time (10 seconds in the present embodiment) has elapsed, and sets the round command in the output buffer. In addition, the main control CPU 30a controls the big prize opening solenoid SOL2, thereby opening the big prize opening door 29a with the start of the round game and opening the big prize opening 29, and the first end described above. In response to the establishment of the condition or the second end condition, the special winning opening door 29a is closed to close the special winning opening 29.

  When the final round game is completed, the main control CPU 30a generates a jackpot game ending command for instructing execution of the ending effect and sets it in the output buffer. Then, the main control CPU 30a ends the big hit game by ending the ending effect when the ending time has elapsed.

  In the special symbol start process of the special figure changing game executed immediately before, the main control CPU 30a gives a small hit game by executing the hit-medium process. Specifically, the main control CPU 30a first generates a small hit game opening command for instructing execution of the opening effect when the small hit special figure changing game is completed, and sets it in the output buffer.

  Next, after the elapse of the opening time (0 seconds in the present embodiment), the main control CPU 30a controls the big prize opening solenoid SOL2 to open the big prize opening door 29a to open the big prize opening 29. . Note that the main control CPU 30a of the present embodiment also closes the big winning opening 29 by closing the first winning opening 29a in response to the establishment of the first end condition or the second end condition described above for the small hit game. Close.

  Then, when closing the special winning opening 29, the main control CPU 30a generates a small hit game ending command for instructing execution of the ending effect and sets it in the output buffer. Then, the main control CPU 30a ends the small hit game by ending the ending effect when the ending time (1.5 seconds in the present embodiment) has elapsed.

  Note that various commands set in the output buffer in accordance with the execution of the hit process are sequentially output to the effect control board 31 by executing the command output process (step Sa1) in the timer interrupt process described above. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a functions as an opening control means for giving a big hit game and a small winning game by controlling the opening mode of the big winning opening 29, and an opening mode control means.

Next, the operation flag setting process (step Sa6) in the timer interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.
As shown in FIG. 23, in the operation flag setting process, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the big hit game has started (step Sf1). Specifically, in step Sf1, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not a big hit game opening command has been generated and set in the output buffer in the hit process during the same control cycle. . When the determination result in step Sf1 is affirmative (when the big hit game is started), the main control CPU 30a wins the big hit determined in the special symbol start process of the special figure variable game executed immediately before the current big hit game. The jackpot information (for example, a control flag) is stored in the main control RAM 30c as information that can identify the type of jackpot (hit symbol) (step Sf2). Next, the main control CPU 30a sets “0” in the operation flag (step Sf4). Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the operation flag setting process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sf1 is negative (when the big hit game is not started), the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the big hit game has ended (step Sf4). Specifically, in step Sf4, the main control CPU 30a generates a big hit game ending command by executing the hit process described above, sets it in the output buffer, and then sets the ending time (10 seconds in this embodiment). ) Has passed.

  If the determination result in step Sf4 is affirmative (when the big hit game is ended), the above-mentioned alpha flag stored in the main control RAM 30c is information that can specify that the variable end condition is not set as the lottery end condition. “0” is set (step Sf5). As described above, the alpha flag is set to “0” when the variable end condition is the number cut end condition or the branch number end condition, and is set to “1” when the lottery end condition. .

  Next, the main control CPU 30a sets the change upper limit number of times or the number of branches set to the type of jackpot that can be identified from the jackpot information set in step Sf2, in the operation number counter stored in the main control RAM 30c. Is set (step Sf6). More specifically, when the big hit A, a (change 100 big hits) is specified from the big hit information, the main control CPU 30a sets “100 times” set as the upper limit of change to the operation number counter. To do. Further, when the big hit B, b (special variable big hit) is specified from the big hit information, the main control CPU 30a sets “100 times” set as the number of branches in the operation number counter. Further, when the big hit C, c (50 hits for change) is specified from the big hit information, the main control CPU 30a sets “50 times” set as the upper limit for change to the operation number counter. Accordingly, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a functions as a non-transition upper limit number that is the non-transition number and a non-transition number specifying unit that specifies the number of branches.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a sets “1” as information that can identify the variable state in the operation flag stored in the main control RAM 30c (step Sf7). Further, the main control CPU 30a having the operation flag set to “1” generates a variable speed operation command that can specify the variable state, and sets it in the output buffer. In step Sf7, the main control CPU 30a sets a probability change flag to “1”, generates a probability change start command that can specify that the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the probability change state, and sets it in the output buffer. . Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the operation flag setting process.

  Further, when the determination result of step Sf4 is negative (when the big hit game is not finished), the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not “0” is set in the alpha flag stored in the main control RAM 30c. (Step Sf8). When the determination result of step Sf8 is affirmative (when the speed change end condition is the number cut end condition or the branch number end condition), the main control CPU 30a executes the number time change process (step Sf9). This number-of-times trigger change process will be described later. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the operation flag setting process. On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sf8 is negative (when the change end condition is a lottery end condition), the main control CPU 30a executes a lottery opportunity change process (step Sf10). This lottery opportunity change shortening process will be described later. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the operation flag setting process.

Next, the number-of-times triggered change shortening process (step Sf9) executed as a subroutine for the operation flag setting process will be described with reference to FIG.
As shown in FIG. 24, in the number-of-times triggered change process, the main control CPU 30a first determines whether or not the special figure changing game has ended (step Sg1). Specifically, in step Sg1, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not a game end command is generated and set in the output buffer in the current control cycle. If the determination result in step Sg1 is negative (when the special figure variation game is not terminated), the main control CPU 30a terminates the number-of-times trigger change process. On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sg1 is affirmative (when the special figure variation game is terminated), the main control CPU 30a counts the special figure variation game set in the operation number counter stored in the main control RAM 30c. Is determined to be 1 or more (step Sg2). In addition, when the determination result of step Sg2 is affirmative, it is when the special figure variation game of the number of branches or the number of times of change upper and lower is not finished after the end of the big hit game.

  When the determination result of step Sg2 is negative (when the operation number counter = 0), the main control CPU 30a ends the number-of-times trigger change process. On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sg2 is affirmative (when the operation number counter ≧ 1), the main control CPU 30a subtracts 1 from the number of special figure variable games set in the operation number counter, and the operation number counter The value set in is updated (step Sg3). In step Sg2, the main control CPU 30a generates an operation number command as non-transition number information that can specify the number of special figure variable games indicated in the updated operation number counter, and sets it in the output buffer.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the number of special figure fluctuation games set in the operation counter after subtraction is 0 (step Sg4). That is, in step Sg4, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the special variation game for the number of change upper limit or branch number set in the operation number counter has been completed. When the determination result of step Sg4 is negative (when the operation number counter ≧ 1), the main control CPU 30a ends the number-of-times trigger change process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sg4 is affirmative (when the operation counter is 0), the main control CPU 30a determines that the type of jackpot specified from the jackpot information stored in the main control RAM 30c is the jackpot B, b It is determined whether or not it is (special variable length hit) (step Sg5). That is, in step Sg5, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the type of the big hit (the last big hit awarded) is the big hit B, b (special variable big hit) or not. It is determined which of the end condition and the count cut end condition is the variable end condition.

  If the determination result in step Sg5 is affirmative (when the most recently awarded big hit is big hit B, b), the main control CPU 30a is in the probability change state in the probability change flag stored in the main control RAM 30c. It is determined whether or not “1” is set as the information that can specify (Step Sg6). That is, at step Sg6, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is in a probabilistic state at the time when the special figure variation game corresponding to the number of branches is completed after the big hit game based on the big hit B, b. It is determined whether or not the branch count end condition is satisfied.

  When the determination result of step Sg6 is affirmative (when the branch count end condition is not satisfied), the main control CPU 30a sets “1” as information that can specify that the variable end condition is the lottery end condition. The alpha flag stored in the control RAM 30c is set (step Sg7). That is, in step Sg7, the main control CPU 30a updates the alpha flag value from “0” to “1”, thereby switching the variable speed end condition from the branch count end condition to the lottery end condition. In addition, the main control CPU 30a having the alpha flag value set to “1” causes the second variable period T2 to be changed in accordance with the end of the special figure variable game for the number of branches (elapse of the first variable period T1). A second variable period start command that can be specified to be started is generated and set in the output buffer. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the number-of-times trigger change process.

  Similarly, when the determination result of step Sg6 is negative (when the branch count end condition is satisfied), the main control CPU 30a is in an unchangeable state in the operation flag stored in the main control RAM 30c. "0" is set as information that can specify this (step Sg8). That is, in step Sg8, the main control CPU 30a updates the value of the operation flag from “1” to “0” when the branch count end condition is satisfied, thereby changing from the variable state to the non-variable state. Transition (fall), and end the variable state. As described above, when the condition for ending the number of branches is satisfied, the variable state ends when the special figure variation game ends (when it ends). Therefore, the process of step Sg8 is a normal operation mode transition control in which the operation flag is set to “0” in accordance with the execution of the special number variation game of the branch number when the branch number end condition is satisfied in the first variable period T1. It becomes. In addition, the main control CPU 30a having the operation flag set to “0” generates a speed change end command that can specify that the speed change state is not changed, and sets it in the output buffer. This variable end command can be grasped as a control command that can specify that the variable state is ended. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the number-of-times trigger change process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result in step Sg5 is negative (when the latest big hit is not big hit B, b), the main control CPU 30a sets “0” in the operation flag (step Sg8). If the determination result in step Sg5 is negative, the most recent big hit is one of the big hits A, a, C, c, and the number of times set in the operation number counter This is a case where the figure-changing game is ended, that is, the number cut end condition is satisfied. In this case, the main control CPU 30a updates (changes) the value of the operation flag from “1” to “0” to shift (fall) from the variable state to the non-variable state, and ends the variable state. In this way, when the number cut end condition is satisfied, the variable state ends when the special figure variation game ends (at the end). In addition, the main control CPU 30a having set the operation flag to “0” generates a change end command and sets it in the output buffer. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the number-of-times trigger change process. Note that the commands set in the output buffer by the execution of the number-of-times change process are sequentially output to the effect control board 31 by the execution of the command output process (step Sa1) in the timer interrupt process described above.

  Next, the lottery opportunity change process (step Sf10) executed as a subroutine of the operation flag setting process will be described with reference to FIG. This lottery opportunity change shortening process is a process executed only when the determination result of step Sf8 in the operation flag setting process is negative (when the lottery end condition is set as the change end condition).

  As shown in FIG. 25, in the lottery opportunity change shortening process, the main control CPU 30a affirms the determination result of the probable change fall determination (step Se14) in the special symbol start process to the probability change fall flag stored in the main control RAM 30c. It is determined whether or not “1” is set as information that can identify that it has become (step Sh1). That is, in step Sh1, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the lottery end condition is satisfied when the determination result of the probability variation fall determination in the special symbol start process is affirmed in the current control cycle.

  When the determination result of step Sh1 is negative (when the determination result of the probability change fall determination in the current control cycle is negative), the main control CPU 30a ends the lottery trigger change / shortening process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sh1 is affirmative (when the determination result of the probability variation fall determination in the current control cycle is affirmative), the main control CPU 30a sets the probability variation fall flag to “0” and clears it ( Step Sh2). Next, the main control CPU 30a sets the alpha flag to “0” and clears it (step Sh4). Next, the main control CPU 30a sets “0” in the operation flag (step Sh4). That is, in step Sh4, when the lottery end condition is satisfied, the main control CPU 30a shifts from the variable state to the non-variable state by updating the value of the operation flag from “1” to “0” ( Tumbling) to end the variable state. In addition, the main control CPU 30a having the operation flag set to “0” generates a speed change end command that can specify that the speed change state is not changed, and sets it in the output buffer. Thus, when the lottery end condition is satisfied, the variable state ends when the special figure variation game is started (at the start time).

  Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the process of step Sh4 is accompanied by setting “0 (= low probability information)” to the probability variation flag stored in the main control RAM 30c, thereby causing the main control RAM 30c. The special information control for storing “0 (= normal operation information)” in the operation flag stored in FIG. In addition, the process of step Sh4 is a special case in which the operation flag is set to “0” on the condition that the determination result of the start period falling determination is affirmative when the branch count end condition is not satisfied in the first variable period T1. Operation mode transition control is performed. The main control CPU 30a that executes step Sh4 functions as an operation information control unit.

  Further, the processing of step Sh4 is performed by changing the normal hit probability from a high probability to a low probability on condition that the determination result of the start period fall determination is affirmative when the branch count end condition is not satisfied in the first variable period T1. In the case of shifting to, the probability shift control is set to “0” in the operation flag stored in the main control RAM 30c. The main control CPU 30a that executes step Sh4 functions as probability information control means. Therefore, in step Se13 of the special symbol start process described above, is the process of step Sh4 (probability transition control) executed in accordance with the start of the special figure variation game before the special figure variation game is started? This is a pre-start transition determination that determines whether or not. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the lottery opportunity change process. Note that the command set in the output buffer by the execution of the lottery trigger change process is sequentially output to the effect control board 31 by the execution of the command output process (step Sa1) in the timer interrupt process described above.

Next, the normal symbol input process executed in the input process (step Sa2) in the timer interrupt process will be described.
In the normal symbol input process, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not a game ball has passed (entered) the gates 28a and 28b based on whether or not a detection signal has been input from the gate switches SW4 and SW5. (Entry check) is executed. When the determination result of the passage determination is negative, the main control CPU 30a ends the normal symbol input process. On the other hand, when the determination result of the passage determination is affirmative, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the number of reserved maps stored in the main control RAM 30c is less than the upper limit of four. Execute. When the determination result of the hold number determination is negative (when the general figure hold memory number = 4), the main control CPU 30a ends the normal symbol input process. On the other hand, when the determination result of the hold number determination is affirmative (when the general figure hold memory number <4), the main control CPU 30a adds 1 to the general figure hold memory number and rewrites the general figure hold memory number. The main control CPU 30a that has updated (added 1) the normal figure reserved memory number controls the display content of the normal symbol hold display device 26a so as to display the updated (after addition) normal figure reserved memory number.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a acquires the value of the random number for determination of the common figure (first hardware random number) from the random number generator 30d (first random number generation circuit R1), and the obtained random number for determination of the common figure Is set in the storage area associated with the number of reserved drawings in the main control RAM 30c. Therefore, the main control RAM 30c functions as a normal random number storage unit, and the main control CPU 30a functions as a normal random number acquisition unit. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the normal symbol input process.

Next, the normal symbol start process (step Sa6) in the timer interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.
As shown in FIG. 26, in the normal symbol start process, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not a normal game is being played and whether or not a normal game is being played (step Si1). If the determination result of step Si1 is affirmative, the main control CPU 30a ends the normal symbol start process. On the other hand, if the determination result in step Si1 is negative (when the game is not in a normal game and is not in a game per normal game), the main control CPU 30a reads the number of stored general map hold (step Si2).

  Next, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the number of reserved maps stored in step Si2 is greater than 0 (zero) (step Si3). When the determination result of step Si3 is negative (when the number of stored common figure reservations = 0), the main control CPU 30a ends the normal symbol start process. On the other hand, if the determination result in step Si3 is affirmative (the number of stored customary maps> 0), the main control CPU 30a updates the subtracted stored number by subtracting 1 (step Si4). The main control CPU 30a that has updated (subtracted 1) the number of stored general symbols holds controls the display content of the normal symbol hold display device 26a so as to display the updated number of stored general symbols (after subtraction).

  Next, the main control CPU 30a reads the random number value for determining per common map, which is stored in a predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 30c in association with the normal map storage number (step Si5). More specifically, the main control CPU 30a stores the earliest stored map number in the main control RAM 30c among the four storage areas respectively associated with the stored map numbers = 1 to 4. The random number value for determination per common figure stored in the storage area associated with 1 is read.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a compares the random number for determining the common figure read in step Si5 with the determination value for the common figure, and determines whether the two values match or not. An ordinary hit determination as a determination is executed (step Si6). At this time, when the value of the operation flag is “1” (in the case of the variable speed state), the main control CPU 30a executes the normal map hit determination using the variable hit state determination value. On the other hand, when the value of the operation flag is “0” (in the case of the non-variable state), the main control CPU 30a performs the normal figure hit determination using the non-variable state normal hit value. Run. Therefore, the main control CPU 30a according to the present embodiment sets the value set in the operation flag by using the value of the random number for determining the normal figure stored in the effect control RAM 31c when starting the normal game. It functions as a normal hit determination means for executing the normal hit determination with the normal hit probability that can be identified from the following.

  When the determination result in step Si6 is affirmative (when the random number value for the normal map matches the determination value for the normal map), the main control CPU 30a determines that the normal map is to be reached, A normal winning symbol is determined as a normal symbol to be displayed on the normal symbol display device 26 with a fixed stop (step Si7). Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a determines the fluctuation time of the usual game (step Si8). In step Si8, the main control CPU 30a determines that the value of the operation flag is “1” (when the state is variable), the case where the value of the operation flag is “0” (when the state is non-variable). In comparison, the short time is determined as the fluctuation time of the usual game. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the variation time of the ordinary game in the variable state is 0.52 (seconds), and the variation time of the ordinary game in the non-variable state is 12 ( Sec). Then, the main control CPU 30a that executed the process of step Si8 proceeds to the process of step Si9.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Si6 is negative (when the random number for the normal map and the determination value for the normal map do not match), the main control CPU 30a determines that the normal map is off, An ordinary off-set symbol is determined as a common symbol to be displayed on the normal symbol display device 26 with a fixed stop (step SSi10). Next, the main control CPU 30a determines the fluctuation time of the usual game (step Si11) in the same manner as the process of step Si8. The main control CPU 30a that executed the process of step Si11 proceeds to the process of step Si9.

  In step Si9, the main control CPU 30a executes various processes related to the usual game. Specifically, the main control CPU 30a controls the display content of the normal symbol display device 26 so as to start the normal symbol variation display (common game). Further, the main control CPU 30a starts measuring the fluctuation time (effect time) of the usual game.

  In addition, the main control CPU 30a determines the determined normal figure when the variable time of the determined normal game has elapsed in the normal symbol change process (not shown) different from the normal symbol start process described above. The display content of the normal symbol display device 26 is controlled so as to stop display.

  Next, the ordinary electric accessory process (step Sa8) in the timer interrupt process will be described. In the following description, a process (operation) performed by the main control CPU 30a by executing various processes included in the ordinary electric utility process will be briefly described.

  In the normal symbol start process of the normal game executed immediately before, the main control CPU 30a gives a game per normal game by executing the normal electric accessory process. The main control CPU 30a controls the ordinary electric accessory solenoid SOL1 according to whether or not it is in a variable state after the normal game per normal game is finished, and an open pattern corresponding to the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 The opening / closing blade 27 is opened by (open mode).

  Specifically, when “0” is set in the operation flag (in the non-changing state), the main control CPU 30a opens the opening / closing blade 27 a first number of times (in this embodiment, once). In addition, the opening / closing blade 27 is opened until a predetermined first opening time (0.1 second in this embodiment) elapses.

  On the other hand, when “1” is set in the operation flag (when the state is variable), the main control CPU 30a opens the opening / closing blade 27 a second number (twice in the present embodiment) greater than the first number. In each opening, the opening and closing blades 27 are opened until a second opening time (2.7 seconds in the present embodiment) longer than the first opening time elapses. Note that the main control CPU 30a sets the number of game balls that have entered the second start winning opening 25 while the opening and closing blades 27 are open to a predetermined upper limit number (9 in this embodiment). When reaching, the opening / closing blade 27 is closed even before the opening time has elapsed.

  Therefore, the main control CPU 30a that executes the normal symbol start process and the normal electric accessory process functions as an opening / closing control unit that controls the opening / closing blade 27 in an operation mode that can be specified by the value set in the operation flag. That is, when “0” is set in the operation flag, the main control CPU 30a controls the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 to the non-entry rate improvement state, while setting “1” in the operation flag. If it is, the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is controlled to the improved entrance rate state.

Next, the storage command setting process (step Sa9) in the timer interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.
As shown in FIG. 27, in the storage command setting process, the main control CPU 30a first stores the first previous storage number stored in the main control RAM 30c and the first reserved storage number stored in the main control RAM 30c. Is matched (step Sj1). Here, the first previous stored number is control information (such as a flag) indicating the first reserved stored number at the time when the stored command setting process is executed in the previous (most recent) timer interrupt process (control cycle).

  In the timer interrupt process of the present embodiment, the memory number command setting process (step Sa9) includes a special symbol input process (step Sa2) that may be added to the first reserved memory number, and the first reserved memory number. It is executed after the special symbol start process (step Sa4) that may be decremented by 1. Therefore, in step Sj1, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the first reserved memory number has changed in accordance with the execution of the special symbol input process and the special symbol start process in the current timer interrupt process. ing.

  For example, in one timer interrupt process (control cycle), the first reserved memory number is incremented by 1 based on the input of the detection signal from the first start switch SW1, and the first special figure variation game is started. When the first reserved memory number is decremented by 1, the first reserved memory number does not change before and after the start of the special symbol input process and the special symbol start process. To give a specific example, for example, when the first reserved memory number is 0 (zero) and the first special figure variation game is not executed, a game ball has entered the first start winning opening 24. Or when the first reserved memory number is 1 to 3, and a detection signal is input from the first start port switch SW1 within the timer interrupt process (control cycle) in which the first special figure variation game is started. If you want to.

  Also, in one timer interruption process (control cycle), the first reserved memory number is incremented by 1 based on the input of the detection signal from the first start port switch SW1, and the first special figure variation game is not started The first reserved memory number increases (changes) by 1 before and after the start of the special symbol input process and the special symbol start process. Also, within one timer interrupt process (control cycle), no detection signal is input from the first start port switch SW1, and the first reserved memory count is 1 when the first special figure variation game is started. In the case of subtraction, the first reserved memory number decreases (changes) by 1 before and after the start of the special symbol input process and the special symbol start process.

  When the determination result in step Sj1 is negative (when the first previous hold number and the first hold memory number do not match), the main control CPU 30a can determine the hold number change information that can specify the changed first hold memory number. Is generated and set in the output buffer (step Sj2).

  When the process of step Sj2 is completed, or when the determination result of step Sj1 is affirmative (when the first previous hold number and the first hold stored number match), the main control CPU 30a stores the main control CPU 30a in the main control RAM 30c. The read first reserved memory number is read, and the read first reserved memory number is set in the main control RAM 30c as the first previous memory number (step Sj3).

  Next, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the second previous storage number stored in the main control RAM 30c matches the second reserved storage number stored in the main control RAM 30c ( Step Sj4). The second previous stored number is control information (such as a flag) indicating the second reserved stored number at the time when the stored command setting process is executed in the previous (most recent) timer interrupt process (control cycle). In step Sj4, the main control CPU 30a, like the processing in step Sj1, has the second reserved memory number changed in accordance with the execution of the special symbol input process and the special symbol start process in the current timer interrupt process? It is determined whether or not.

  When the determination result of step Sj2 is negative (when the second previous hold number and the second hold memory number do not match), the main control CPU 30a can determine the hold number change information that can specify the changed second hold memory number. Is generated and set in the output buffer (step Sj5).

  When the process of step Sj5 is completed, or when the determination result of step Sj4 is affirmative (when the second previous hold number and the second hold memory number match), the main control CPU 30a stores in the main control RAM 30c. The read second reserved memory number is read, and the read second reserved memory number is set in the main control RAM 30c as the second previous memory number (step Sj6). Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a ends the storage command setting process. Note that the first hold storage command and the second hold storage command set in the output buffer in accordance with the execution of the storage command setting process are output to the effect control board 31 by the command output process in the timer interrupt process after the next time. .

  As described above, the main control CPU 30a according to the present embodiment has one control cycle (one time of one of the special symbol input process and the special symbol start process) for the same reserved storage number stored in the main control RAM 30c. When the pending storage number changes by being executed within the timer interrupt processing), a pending storage command is generated that can specify information on the pending storage number after the change.

  On the other hand, the main control CPU 30a has both the special symbol input process and the special symbol start process within one control cycle (one timer interrupt process) for the same reserved storage number stored in the main control RAM 30c. When the number of reserved memories does not change between before and after the execution of the special symbol input process and the special symbol start process, the reserved memory command is not generated and is not output. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control CPU 30a that executes the storage command setting process and the command output process functions as a pending number change information output unit.

  For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the prefetch command is output to the effect control board 31 by executing the special symbol input process (first and second pre-determination process), as a rule, it is reserved and stored together with the prefetch command. If a command is output but the number of reserved memories does not change in one timer interrupt process, only the prefetch command is output. Note that, according to the storage command setting process, when a prefetch command that can identify the special figure 1 is output as the special figure type, in principle, the first reserved storage command is generated and output to the effect control board 31. . On the other hand, when a prefetch command that can identify the special figure 2 is output as the type of special figure, in principle, a second reserved storage command is generated and output to the effect control board 31.

  Next, various processes executed by the effect control CPU 31a of the effect control board 31 based on the control program stored in the effect control ROM 31b will be described. Of the various processes described below, the hold storage process, the prefetch command input process, and the game start process are executed by the effect control CPU 31a every predetermined control cycle (16 ms in the present embodiment).

First, the control performed by the effect control CPU 31a when a winning game (a big hit game and a small hit game) is awarded will be described.
When the opening command for the big hit game or the small hit game is input, the production control CPU 31a controls the display content of the production display device 21 so as to execute the opening production of the predetermined production content. Further, when the first round game start command is input, the effect control CPU 31a performs a round effect with a predetermined effect content until the last round game ends (until an ending command is input). The display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so as to be executed. Then, when the ending command for the big hit game or the small hit game is input, the production control CPU 31a controls the display content of the production display device 21 so as to execute the ending production of the predetermined production content.

  When the opening command, the ending command, and each round command are input, the effect control CPU 31 a controls the light emission mode of the decorative lamp 16 and the sound output mode of the speaker 17 in addition to the effect display device 21.

  Next, a hold storage process executed by the effect control CPU 31a when the first hold memory command or the second hold memory command is input from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a) will be described.

  In the hold storage process, the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not the first hold storage command has been input. When the determination result is affirmative (when the first hold memory command is input), the effect control CPU 31a stores the first hold memory number that can be specified by the input first hold memory command in the effect control RAM 31c. The first reserved memory number stored in the effect control RAM 31c is updated.

  In addition, when the first reserved memory number is updated or when the first reserved memory command is not input, the presentation control CPU 31a determines whether or not the second reserved memory command is input. When the determination result is affirmative (when the second hold memory command is input), the effect control CPU 31a stores the second hold memory number that can be specified by the second hold memory command in the effect control RAM 31c. The second reserved memory number stored in the effect control RAM 31c is updated. Then, when the second reserved memory number is updated or when the second reserved memory command is not input, the effect control CPU 31a ends the reserved memory process. Accordingly, the effect control RAM 31c functions as a hold number storage unit that stores the corresponding hold memory number based on the first hold memory command and the second hold memory command input from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a). .

  Next, various control flags to be referred to when the presentation control CPU 31a determines (specifies) the gaming state of the gaming machine 10, and processing contents for setting the control flags in the presentation control RAM 31c will be described.

  In the effect control RAM 31c, a sub-operation flag for specifying whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a variable state is stored. When the change control start command is input from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a), the effect control CPU 31a uses “0” as information that can specify that the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is in the changing state. Set to flag. In addition, when the effect control CPU 31a inputs a change end command from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a), "0" is specified as information that can specify that the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the non-change state. Is set as the secondary operation flag. Therefore, the main control CPU 30a of the present embodiment can specify whether the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the variable state or the non-variable state by referring to the value of the secondary operation flag.

  In addition, when the production control CPU 31a inputs an operation number command from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a), the special control variable game number indicated in the operation number command is set in the sub operation number counter. Therefore, the main control CPU 30a of this embodiment can specify the remaining number of times of the special-figure-variable game with the number of branching times or the number of times of change upper and lower by referring to the value of the sub-operation number counter.

  In addition, the effect control RAM 31c stores a sub-probability change flag for specifying whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a probability change state. When the effect control CPU 31a inputs a probability change start command from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a), “0” is set as a sub-probability change flag as information that can specify that the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a probability change state. Set. Further, when the effect control CPU 31a inputs a probability change end command from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a), “0” is added as information that can specify that the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the non-probability changed state. Set to the probability variation flag. Therefore, the main control CPU 30a according to the present embodiment can specify whether the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the probability variation state or the non-probability variation state by referring to the value of the sub-probability variation flag.

  In addition, in the effect control RAM 31c, when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the variable state, a sub-alpha flag that can specify whether the first variable period T1 or the second variable period T2 is stored. Has been. When the production control CPU 31a inputs a second variable period start command from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a) in the variable state, “1” is specified as information that can identify the second variable period T2. To the secondary alpha flag. Further, when the effect control CPU 31a inputs a change end command from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a) in the change state, “0” is set as information that can specify that it is not the second change period T2. Set to the secondary alpha flag. Therefore, the effect control CPU 31a can specify the first variable period T1 when the sub-operation flag is set to “1” and the sub-alpha flag is set to “0”. .

  Next, prefetch command input processing executed by the effect control CPU 31a when a prefetch command is input from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a) will be described with reference to FIG. This prefetch command input process is executed after the pending storage process in one control cycle.

  As shown in FIG. 28, in the prefetch command input process, the effect control CPU 31a first determines whether or not a prefetch command is input from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a) (step Sk1). When the determination result of step Sk1 is negative (when no prefetch command is input), the effect control CPU 31a ends the prefetch command input process. On the other hand, if the determination result in step Sk1 is affirmative (when a prefetch command is input), the effect control CPU 31a determines the value of the input prefetch command and the type of special figure that can be specified by the prefetch command, and the hold It is stored in the storage area of the effect control RAM 31c associated with the stored number (step Sk2).

  Note that in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in the case of the non-changed state (not in the big hit state and not in the changed state), the prefetch command relating to the first special figure variation game (special figure 1) among the prefetch commands. Only can be entered. On the other hand, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, when the game machine is in the variable state or in the big hit state (during the big hit game), the prefetch command relating to the second special figure variation game (special figure 2) among the prefetch commands. Only can be entered.

  In the effect control RAM 31c, four storage areas associated with the first reserved memory number = 1 to 4 and four storage areas associated with the second reserved memory number = 1 to 4 are set. The CPU 31a for effect control stores the value of the prefetch command in the storage area associated with the type of special figure that can be specified from the input prefetch command and the number of reserved memories. For example, when the prefetch command D813H (prefetch high order command 11011000B + prefetch low order command 00010011B) is input, the special figure type is special figure 2 (second special figure variation game) from the prefetch command, and the second reserved memory. It can be specified that number = 4. In this case, the effect control CPU 31a stores the input value “D813H” of the prefetch command in the storage area associated with the second reserved storage number = 4 in the effect control RAM 31c.

  Next, the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not the big hit game is being played (step Sk3). In step Sk3, the effect control CPU 31a receives a jackpot game opening command from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a) until the ending time of the jackpot game elapses after the ending command is input. A negative determination is made in some cases, and an affirmative determination is made if it is not the period. When the determination result of step Sk3 is negative (when the jackpot game is being played), the effect control CPU 31a ends the prefetch command input process. That is, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect control CPU 31a does not execute the prefetch effect when the big hit game is being played.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sk3 is affirmative (when the big hit game is not being played), the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the variable state (step Sk4). When the determination result of step Sk4 is affirmative (when it is in the non-variable state), the effect control CPU 31a performs the first look-ahead for executing a prefetch effect (first hold change effect) that can be executed in the non-variable state. The effect setting process is executed (step Sk5). The first prefetch effect setting process (step Sk5) will be described later. Thereafter, the effect control CPU 31a ends the prefetch command input process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result in step Sk4 is negative (when the state is the variable state), the effect control CPU 31a executes a prefetch effect (second scenario effect (second hold change effect)) that can be executed in the variable state. The second pre-reading effect setting process is executed (step Sk6). This second prefetch effect setting process (step Sk6) will be described later. Thereafter, the effect control CPU 31a ends the prefetch command input process.

Next, the first prefetch effect setting process (step Sk5) executed as a subroutine of the prefetch command input process will be described with reference to FIG.
As shown in FIG. 29, in the first prefetch effect setting process, the effect control CPU 31a first determines whether or not the prefetch effect is not being executed (step Sm1). In step Sm1, the effect control CPU 31a sets “0” as information that can specify that a game effect across multiple variations such as a prefetch effect is not being executed in the effect flag stored in the effect control RAM 31c. On the other hand, a negative determination is made when a value other than “0” (any one of 1 to 3) is set.

  When “1” is set in the effect flag, it can be specified that the first hold change effect is being executed. When “2” is set in the effect flag, it can be specified that the second scenario effect (second hold change effect) is being executed. When “3” is set in the effect flag, it can be specified that the continuation number notification effect (additional number notification effect) is being executed.

  When the determination result of step Sm1 is negative (when the prefetch effect is being executed), the effect control CPU 31a ends the prefetch command input process. That is, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect control CPU 31a does not newly start the prefetch effect when the prefetch effect is already being executed.

  When the determination result of step Sm1 is affirmative (when the pre-reading effect is not being executed), the effect control CPU 31a uses the first special game other than the first special figure variation game corresponding to the pre-read command input in the current control cycle. As the figure variation game, it is determined whether only the first special figure variation game in which the determination results of the probability change fall determination, the big hit determination, the small hit determination, and the reach determination are negative is put on hold (step Sm2). In step Sm2, the effect control CPU 31a refers to all the prefetch commands stored in the effect control RAM 31c in association with the first reserved memory number smaller than the first reserved memory number that can be specified by the prefetch command input this time. , It is determined whether or not all of the referenced prefetch upper commands are D0H. When the determination result of step Sm2 is negative (when only the first special figure variation game in which the determination results of the probability change fall determination, big hit determination, small hit determination, and reach determination are negative is not put on hold), the CPU 31a for effect control Finishes the first prefetch effect setting process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sm2 is affirmative (only the first special figure variation game in which the determination results of the probability change fall determination, the big hit determination, the small hit determination, and the reach determination are negative) is reserved. The CPU 31a determines whether or not to execute a prefetch effect (first hold change effect) for the non-changeable state (step Sm3). Specifically, in step Sm3, the effect control CPU 31a first acquires the value of the execution feasibility determination random number from the effect control RAM 31c. Then, the production control CPU 31a, based on the obtained variation value of the special figure variation game that can be identified from the value of the random number for determining whether to execute or not, and the value of the prefetch command stored in the prefetch command input process (step Sk2). With reference to the first look-ahead effect determination table Tb1 shown in FIG. 30A, it is determined whether or not the first hold change effect is executed. This first look-ahead effect determination table Tb1 is stored in the effect control RAM 31c.

  Here, the first look-ahead effect determination table Tb1 will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 30 (a), the first look-ahead effect determination table Tb1 is divided into each change content of the special figure variation game that can be specified from the look-ahead command, and the look-ahead effect (first hold change effect). For the non-execution and execution, a predetermined number of random numbers for determining whether or not execution is possible is assigned from numerical values (all 100 integer values from 0 to 99) that the random number can take. In addition, according to the distribution mode of the random number for execution determination in the first prefetch effect determination table Tb1, regardless of the variation content that can be specified from the prefetch command, the first pending change effect has a probability of 90/100. While non-execution is determined, execution of the first reserved change effect can be determined with a probability of 10/100.

  Returning to the description of the first prefetch effect setting process, as shown in FIG. 29, when the determination result in step Sm3 is negative (when it is determined not to execute the prefetch effect), the effect control CPU 31a performs the first prefetch effect. The setting process ends.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sm3 is affirmative (when it is determined to execute the prefetch effect), the effect control CPU 31a selects a content pattern that can specify the effect content of the prefetch effect (step Sm4). Specifically, in step Sm4, the effect control CPU 31a first acquires the value of the pattern selection random number from the effect control RAM 31c. Then, the CPU 31a for effect control uses FIG. 30 (b) based on the variation contents of the special figure variation game that can be identified from the acquired value of the random number for pattern selection and the value of the prefetch command stored in the prefetch command input process. The first content pattern table Tc1 shown in FIG. 4 is referred to, and the content pattern of the first reserved change effect is selected. The first content pattern table Tc1 is stored in the effect control RAM 31c.

  Here, the first content pattern table Tc1 will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 30 (b), in the first content pattern table Tc1, the content of the effect that causes the blue sphere image G1b to be displayed as the reserved image G is specified as a content pattern that can specify the content of the effect of the first reserved change effect. The possible content pattern Ya1 and the content pattern Ya2 that can specify the content of the effect for displaying the red spherical image G1c as the reserved image G are associated with each other.

  Then, in the first content pattern table Tc1, it is divided for each variation content of the special figure variation game that can be specified from the prefetch command, and for each content pattern Ya1, Ya2, the value of the pattern selection random number is A predetermined number of values are assigned from the possible numerical values (all 200 integer values from 0 to 199). According to the first content pattern table Tc1, for example, the pre-read command specifies that the pre-start fall determination result is negative, the pre-start big hit determination result is positive, and the variation pattern P3b is specified. In this case, the content pattern Ya1 can be determined with a probability of 50/200, and the content pattern Ya2 can be determined with a probability of 150/200.

  According to the distribution mode of the random numbers for pattern selection in the first content pattern table Tc1, in the order of the content pattern Ya1 (blue) <the content pattern Ya2 (red), the ratio selected in the case of the big hit is different from the case The ratio that is selected in the case of a big hit in the combined ratio with the selected ratio is high. That is, in the first reserved change effect of the present embodiment, the big hit expectation degree increases in the order of the content pattern Ya1 (blue) <the content pattern Ya2 (red).

  Further, according to the first content pattern table Tc1, in the order of the content pattern Ya1 (blue) <the content pattern Ya2 (red), when the affirmative determination is made in the probability change fall determination, and when the negative determination is made The ratio selected when a negative determination is made in the combined ratio with the selected ratio is high. That is, in the first on-hold change effect of the present embodiment, the probability variation continuation expectation increases in the order of content pattern Ya1 (blue) <content pattern Ya2 (red). Accordingly, the display modes of the hold image G in the first hold display areas 21a to 21d include a plurality of different display modes, and the plurality of types of display modes include different jackpot expectations and probability variation continuity. Expectation is set.

  As described above, in steps Sm2 and Sm4, the effect control CPU 31a determines the variation contents (determination results of the pre-start fall determination, pre-start big hit determination, and pre-start small hit determination, and types of variation patterns that can be specified from the pre-read command. Etc.) and whether or not the first hold change effect can be executed and the content patterns Ya1 and Ya2 are determined based on the determined variation content. Therefore, the effect control CPU 31a that executes the processes of steps Sm2 and Sm4 functions as a pre-start transition determining means, a pre-start big hit determining means, a pre-start small hit determining means, and a pre-start variation determining means on the effect control board 31 side. Furthermore, it also functions as specific content pattern determination means.

  Returning to the description of the first look-ahead effect setting process, as shown in FIG. 29, the effect control CPU 31a that has finished the process of step Sm4 uses the effect flag as information indicating that the first hold change effect is being executed. “1” is set (step Sm5). In step Sm5, the effect control CPU 31a executes the remaining of the special figure changing game that executes the first reserved memory number that can be specified from the value of the prefetch command stored in the prefetch command input process (step Sk2) across the prefetch effects. The remaining number of effects indicating the number of times is determined and stored in the effect control RAM 31c. This remaining number of effects is also change position information for specifying the first hold display area in which the hold image G based on the content patterns Ya1 and Ya2 is displayed.

  That is, when the remaining number of effects (change position information) = 1, the reserved image G based on the selected content pattern Ya1, Ya2 is displayed in the first reserved display area 21a associated with the first reserved memory number = 1. It can be specified to display. Similarly, when the remaining number of effects (change position information) = 2, the remaining number of effects (change position information) = 3 in the first hold display area 21b associated with the first hold memory number = 2. In this case, the first reserved display area 21c associated with the first reserved memory number = 3 is associated with the first reserved memory number = 4 when the remaining number of effects (change position information) = 4. It is possible to specify that the hold image G based on the content patterns Ya1 and Ya2 is displayed in the first hold display area 21d.

  Next, the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not the remaining number of effects determined in step Sm5 matches the first reserved storage number stored in the effect control RAM 31c by the above-described hold storage processing ( Step Sm6). When the determination result in step Sm6 is affirmative (when the determined remaining number of effects matches the stored first reserved memory number), the effect control CPU 31a determines the determined remaining number of effects (first reserved memory number). ) Is stored in the storage area of the effect control RAM 31c associated with (), for example, information that can identify the content pattern determined in step Sm4.

  Next, the effect control CPU 31a controls the display content of the effect display device 21, and displays the hold image G in the first hold display areas 21a to 21d in the effect display device 21 (step Sm7). Specifically, when it is determined that the pre-reading effect is not executed, the effect control CPU 31a controls the display content of the effect display device 21 and corresponds to the first reserved memory number stored in the effect control RAM 31c. The colorless sphere image G1a is displayed in the first hold display area. On the other hand, if it is determined that the pre-reading effect is to be executed, the effect control CPU 31a controls the display content of the effect display device 21 and selects the first hold display area corresponding to the above-mentioned remaining number of effects in step Sm4. The reserved image G (sphere image G1b, G1c) with the content pattern thus displayed is displayed.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sm6 is negative (when the determined remaining number of effects does not match the stored first reserved storage number), the effect control CPU 31a performs the effect control by the above-described hold storage process. The first reserved storage number stored in the RAM 31c is determined as the remaining number of effects (changed position information) and stored in the effect control RAM 31c (step Sm8). That is, in step Sm8, the effect control CPU 31a holds the first hold memory number that can be identified from the prefetch command and the first hold memory number that is stored in the effect control RAM 31c based on the hold memory command does not match. The remaining number of effects (changed position information) is rewritten and corrected to the first reserved stored number based on the stored command.

  Then, in step Sm8, the effect control CPU 31a can identify the content pattern determined in step Sm4 in the storage area of the effect control RAM 31c associated with the determined remaining number of effects (first reserved storage number). For example, a flag is stored. The CPU 31a for effect control that has finished the process of step Sm8 proceeds to the process of step Sm7.

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the first reserved memory number does not change between before and after the execution of the special symbol input process and the special symbol start process within one control cycle, The first reserved storage command is not output to the effect control board 31. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment in which the effect control CPU 31a performs processing at a control cycle (16 ms in the present embodiment) different from the control cycle (4 ms in the present embodiment) of the main control CPU 30a, the prefetch command and the hold There is also a possibility that the presentation control CPU 31a may be inputted in a control cycle different from the stored command. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, by using the first reserved memory number based on the reserved memory command as the remaining number of effects (change position information) in preference to the first reserved memory number that can be specified by the prefetch command, It is possible to prevent the start hold ball that is stored and managed on the main control board 30 side from being coincident with the start hold ball that is the target of the first hold change effect.

Next, the second prefetch effect setting process (step Sk6) executed as a subroutine of the prefetch command input process will be described with reference to FIG.
As shown in FIG. 31, in the second look-ahead effect setting process, the main control CPU 30a first determines whether or not it is the first variable period T1 in the variable period (step Sn1). As described above, the first variation period T1 is the period from the end of the big hit game to the end of the execution of the special-figure variable game with the number of branches (100 times), and the time after the big hit game ends. This is a period until the upper limit number of times (50 times or 100 times) of the special figure variation game ends. When the determination result of step Sn1 is negative (when the second variable period T2 is included in the variable period), the effect control CPU 31a ends the second prefetch effect setting process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sn1 is affirmative (when it is the first variable period T1 among the variable periods), the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not the pre-read effect is not being executed. (Step Sn2). In step Sn1, the effect control CPU 31a makes an affirmative determination when “0” is set in the effect flag stored in the effect control RAM 31c as information that can specify that the pre-read effect is not being executed. On the other hand, a negative determination is made when a value other than “0” (any one of 1 to 3) is set.

  When the determination result of step Sn2 is negative (when the prefetch effect is being executed), the effect control CPU 31a ends the prefetch command input process. That is, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect control CPU 31a does not newly start the prefetch effect when the prefetch effect is already being executed.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sn2 is affirmative (when the pre-reading effect is not being executed), the effect control CPU 31a causes the effect control RAM 31c to store the pre-read command input process (step Sk2) in the current control cycle. Whether or not the second reserved memory number that can be specified by the prefetch command is 3 or more is determined (step Sn3). When the determination result of step Sn3 is negative (when the second reserved memory number that can be specified by the prefetch command is less than 3), the effect control CPU 31a ends the second prefetch effect setting process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sn3 is affirmative (when the second reserved memory number that can be specified by the prefetch command is 3 or more), the effect control CPU 31a selects the second corresponding to the prefetch command input in the current control cycle. As a second special figure fluctuation game other than the special figure fluctuation game, it is determined whether only the second special figure fluctuation game in which the determination results of the probability change fall determination, the big hit determination, the small hit determination, and the reach determination are negative is put on hold. Determine (step Sn4). Specifically, in step Sn4, the effect control CPU 31a is stored in the effect control RAM 31c in association with a second reserved memory number smaller than the second reserved memory number that can be specified by the prefetch command input this time. All of the prefetch commands are referred to, and it is determined whether or not all of the prefetched high order commands referred to are D6H. When the determination result of step Sn4 is negative (when only the second special figure variation game in which the determination results of probability variation fall determination, big hit determination, small hit determination, and reach determination are negative is not put on hold), the CPU 31a for effect control Ends the second prefetch effect setting process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sn4 is affirmative (when only the second special figure variation game in which the determination results of the probability change fall determination, the big hit determination, the small hit determination, and the reach determination are negative is put on hold), the effect control The CPU 31a determines whether or not to execute a prefetch effect (second scenario effect) for the first variable period T1 in the variable state (step Sn5).

  Specifically, in step Sn5, the effect control CPU 31a first acquires the value of the execution feasibility determination random number from the effect control RAM 31c. Then, the production control CPU 31a, based on the obtained variation value of the special figure variation game that can be identified from the value of the random number for determining whether to execute or not, and the value of the prefetch command stored in the prefetch command input process (step Sk2). With reference to the second prefetch effect determination table Tb2 shown in FIG. 32, it is determined whether or not the prefetch effect (second scenario effect) is executed. The second look-ahead effect determination table Tb2 is stored in the effect control RAM 31c.

  Here, the second look-ahead effect determination table Tb2 will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 32, in the second look-ahead effect determination table Tb2, the pre-read effect (second scenario effect) is not executed and executed by dividing the variation contents of the special figure variation game that can be specified from the look-ahead command. On the other hand, a random number for determining whether or not execution is possible is assigned by a predetermined number from among the numerical values that can be taken by the random number (all 100 integer values from 0 to 99).

  According to the distribution aspect of the random number for determining whether or not execution is possible in the second look-ahead effect determination table Tb2, for example, when the change content that can be specified from the look-ahead command is non-falling from the probabilistic state and there is no deviation reach (When the determination results of the probability change fall determination, the big hit determination, the small hit determination, and the reach determination are negative), it is possible to determine that the prefetch effect is not executed with a probability of 100/100.

  According to the second look-ahead effect determination table Tb2, if it is possible to specify from the look-ahead command that the variation pattern P7 that can identify the first scenario effect is selected as the variation content, the execution of the second scenario effect is determined. I don't get it. On the other hand, according to the second look-ahead effect determination table Tb2, when it is possible to specify from the look-ahead command that the variation pattern P8 that can specify the second scenario effect can be specified as the change content, Execution is always determined.

  As described above, in steps Sn4 and Sn5, the effect control CPU 31a determines the contents of fluctuations that can be specified from the look-ahead command (determination results of the start period fall determination, start period big hit determination, and start period small hit determination, and types of variation patterns). ), And whether to execute the second scenario effect is determined based on the determined variation content. Therefore, the main control CPU 30a that executes the processes of steps Sn4 and Sn5 functions as a pre-start transition determining means, a pre-start big hit determining means, a pre-start small hit determining means, and a pre-start variation determining means on the side of the effect control board 31. Furthermore, it also functions as specific content pattern determination means.

  Returning to the description of the second prefetch effect setting process, as shown in FIG. 31, when the determination result in step Sn5 is negative (when it is determined not to execute the prefetch effect), the effect control CPU 31a performs the second prefetch effect. The setting process ends.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sn5 is affirmative (when it is determined that the prefetching effect is to be executed), the effect control CPU 31a specifies that the second scenario effect (second hold change effect) is being executed next. As possible information, “2” is set in the effect flag stored in the effect control RAM 31c (step Sn6).

  In step Sn6, the effect control CPU 31a can specify that the first special figure variation game is executed after a value (information) that can specify that the prefetch effect is being executed is set in the effect flag. “1” is set as information in the effect start flag stored in the effect control RAM 31c. If the value of the effect start flag is “0”, it is not the first special figure variation game after a value (information) that can specify that the pre-read effect is being executed is set in the effect flag. Can be identified. In step Sn6, the effect control CPU 31a determines the second reserved memory number that can be specified from the value of the prefetch command stored in the prefetch command input process (step Sk2) as the remaining effect number and stores it in the effect control RAM 31c. Let

  Next, the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not the second reserved memory number that is the remaining number of effects matches the second reserved memory number that is stored in the effect control RAM 31c by the above-described hold memory processing. (Step Sn7). When the determination result of step Sn7 is affirmative (when the determined remaining number of effects matches the stored second reserved storage number), the effect control CPU 31a ends the second prefetch effect setting process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step Sn7 is negative (when the determined remaining number of effects and the stored second reserved memory number do not match), the effect control CPU 31a performs the effect control RAM 31c by the above-described hold storage process. Is stored as the remaining number of effects and stored in the effect control RAM 31c (step Sn8). That is, in step Sn8, the CPU 31a for effect control stores the memory if the second reserved memory number that can be specified from the pre-read command does not match the second reserved memory number stored in the effect control RAM 31c based on the hold memory command. The remaining number of effects (change position information) is rewritten and corrected in the second reserved memory number based on the command. Thereafter, the effect control CPU 31a ends the second prefetch effect setting process.

  Next, a game start process executed by the effect control CPU 31a when a variation pattern designation command and a special figure designation command are input from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a) will be described with reference to FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 33, in the game start process, the effect control CPU 31a first determines whether or not a variation pattern designation command and a special figure designation command have been input (step So1). When the determination result of step So1 is negative (when the variation pattern designation command and the special figure designation command are not input), the effect control CPU 31a ends the game start process.

  On the other hand, when the determination result of step So1 is affirmative (when a variation pattern designation command and a special figure designation command are input), the effect control CPU 31a newly adds a reserved memory number obtained by subtracting 1 from the current reserved memory number. An update storage process (shift process) is executed in which the value of the prefetch command and the information that can specify the content pattern of the hold change effect are stored in the effect control RAM 31c in association with. In addition to the information that can specify the content pattern of the first hold change effect described above, the information that can specify the content pattern of the hold change effect includes the second hold change that is executed along with the second scenario effect. There is information that can specify the content pattern of the production.

  More specifically, in step So2, when the variation control designation command for specifying the variation pattern for special figure 1 is input, the production control CPU 31a has the first reserved memory count = n (n = 2 to 4). Is stored in the storage area associated with the first stored memory number = n−1. In step So2, the effect control CPU 31a corresponds to the second reserved memory number = n (n = 2 to 4) when the variation pattern designation command capable of specifying the variation pattern for the special figure 2 is input. The prefetch command stored in the storage area and information that can specify the content pattern of the second hold change effect are stored in the storage area associated with the second hold storage number = n−1.

  According to such a configuration, the value of the look-ahead command corresponding to the value of various random numbers (starting holding ball) stored in the main control RAM 30c triggered by the detection of the entering at the start winning ports 24 and 25, and Information that can specify the content pattern of the hold change effect is stored and held in the effect control RAM 31c until the special figure variation game based on the corresponding random number values (start hold ball) is started.

  Next, the CPU 31a for effect control executes a shift display process for controlling the effect display device 21 so that the hold image G is displayed in the hold display area corresponding to the updated hold memory number updated by the update storage process. (Step So3).

  More specifically, in step So3, the effect control CPU 31a displays the first hold display area 21a corresponding to the first hold memory number = 1 when the variation pattern designation command for the special figure 1 is input. The held image G is erased. Then, in step So3, the effect control CPU 31a displays the hold image G displayed in the first hold display area corresponding to the first hold memory number = n (n = 2 to 4) as the first hold memory number = n. -1 is moved and displayed in the first hold display area associated with -1.

  On the other hand, in step So3, when the effect control CPU 31a inputs the variation pattern designation command for the special figure 2, the reserved image displayed in the second reserved display area 21p corresponding to the second reserved memory number = 1. G is deleted. Then, in step So3, the effect control CPU 31a displays the hold image G displayed in the second hold display area corresponding to the second hold memory number = n (n = 2 to 4), and the second hold memory number = n. -1 is moved and displayed in the second hold display area associated with -1. It should be noted that the effect control CPU 31a provides an effect display device such that the hold image G is erased for the hold display area corresponding to the hold storage number exceeding the hold storage number specified by the hold storage command input together with the variation pattern specifying command. 21 is controlled.

  At this time, if the CPU 31a for effect control stores information that can specify the content pattern of the hold change effect in the storage area corresponding to the number of reserved memories in the effect control RAM 31c, the information is stored. The reserved image G corresponding to the information is displayed in the reserved display area corresponding to the number of reserved memories in the storage area. For example, when information specifying the content pattern Ya1 of the first hold change effect is stored in the storage area corresponding to the first hold memory number = 2 in the effect control RAM 31c, the effect control CPU 31a stores the first hold memory. A blue sphere image G1b is displayed in the first hold display area 21b corresponding to the number = 2. In this case, for example, when the CPU 31a for effect control executes the shift display process triggered by the input of the variation pattern designation command for designating the variation pattern in FIG. 1, it is displayed in the first hold display area 21b. The displayed blue sphere image G1b is displayed as if it is moved to the first reserved display area 21a. In this way, the effect control CPU 31a displays the first hold display in a state in which the hold image G indicating the special figure variation game for which execution is put on hold is associated with the values of various random numbers stored in the main control RAM 30c. It functions as a hold display control means for displaying in the areas 21a to 21d and the second hold display areas 21p to 21s.

  Next, the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a variable state (step So4). When the determination result of step So4 is affirmative (when the state is variable), the effect control CPU 31a uses the decorative pattern on the effect display device 21 based on the change pattern designated by the change pattern designation command. An effect pattern that can specify the specific effect content (variation content) is selected (step So5).

  Here, the effect patterns prepared in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. As shown in FIGS. 35 to 37, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, effect patterns p1 to p35, pA, and pB are stored in the effect control ROM 31b as effect patterns that can be selected by the effect control CPU 31a. .

  The effect patterns p1 to p35, pA, and pB are associated with the effect patterns p1 to p35, pA, and pB of the present embodiment, as shown in the column of “specific variation contents” in FIGS. It is possible to specify the specific content of the game effect to be executed within the change time that can be specified by the change pattern. This will be specifically described below.

  The effect patterns p1, p7, p12, p16, and p29 to p34 do not execute the first scenario effect and the second scenario effect, and the reach effect (NR that can be specified by the variation pattern associated with each effect pattern) This is an effect pattern that can specify the contents of the effect to execute the effect or SR effect as it is. The effect pattern p28 is an effect pattern that can specify the contents of the effect for executing the above-described mode transition effect within the change time that can be specified by the change pattern associated with the effect pattern.

  Further, the effect pattern p35 specifies the contents of the effect for deriving the jackpot symbol (the jackpot display result) of the decorative drawing without forming the reach within the variation time that can be specified by the variation pattern associated with the effect pattern. This is a possible production pattern (so-called bump production).

  The production patterns p3 to p6, p8 to p11, p15, p22 to p25, p27, pA, and pB are production patterns that can specify the execution of the second scenario production. Among the effect patterns for the second scenario effect, the effect patterns p3, p5, p8, p10, p15, p22, and p24 are effect patterns that can specify that the second scenario effect by the first route is executed as the effect contents. is there.

  Among these, the production patterns p3 and p8 are production patterns used in the first special figure variation game (design variation game with decorations) for starting the second scenario production by the first route, and the start notification production FA is executed. After that, it is possible to specify the contents of the effect for executing the first progress effect FB. The production patterns p5 and p10 are production patterns used for the second or third special figure fluctuation game among the special figure fluctuation games over which the second scenario production by the first route is straddled. The production contents to be executed can be specified.

  The effect patterns p15, p22, and p24 are effect patterns used for the last special symbol variation game (decorative symbol variation game) among the special symbol variation games over which the second scenario effect is straddled. The effect pattern p15 can specify the contents of the effect for executing the second continuation result effect FEb after the execution of the first progress effect FB. In addition, the effect pattern p22 can specify the effect contents for executing the first continuation result effect FEa after the execution of the first progress effect FB, and the effect pattern p24 indicates the jackpot result effect FD after the execution of the first effect FB. The production contents to be executed can be specified.

  Of the effect patterns for the second scenario effect, effect patterns p4, p6, p9, p11, p23, p25, and p27 are effects that can specify the execution of the second scenario effect by the second route (enemy character B). It is a pattern.

  Among these, the production patterns p4 and p9 are production patterns used in the first special-figure variation game (design variation game by decorative drawing) that starts the second scenario production by the second route, and causes the start notification production FA to be executed. After that, it is possible to specify the contents of the effect for executing the second progress effect FC. Further, the effect patterns p6 and p11 are effect patterns used for the second or third special symbol variation game (design variation game by decorative drawing) among the special symbol variation games over which the second scenario effect by the second route is straddled. Yes, it is possible to specify the contents of the effect for executing the second progress effect FC.

  The effect patterns p23, p25, and p27 are effect patterns used for the last special symbol variation game (decorative symbol variation game) among the special symbol variation games over which the second scenario effect by the second route extends. The effect pattern p23 can specify the effect contents for executing the first continuation result effect FEa after the execution of the second progress effect FC. In addition, the effect pattern p25 can specify the effect contents for executing the jackpot result effect FD after the execution of the second elapsed effect FC, and the effect pattern p27 causes the fall result effect FF to be executed after the execution of the second elapsed effect FC. The contents of the production can be specified.

  For the production patterns p3 to p6 and p8 to p11, a variation pattern other than the variation pattern that can be selected when the determination result of the start period jackpot determination is negative and the determination result of the start period fall determination is affirmative is designated. This is an effect pattern that can be selected when it is performed. Therefore, the transition to the uncertain change state is not made in the special figure variation game in which the start notification effect FA, the first progress effect FB, or the second progress effect FC is executed.

  The production patterns pA and pB are exceptionally the second scenario production executed without passing through the first elapsed production FB or the second elapsed production FC in one special figure variation game (decorative symbol design variation game). This is an effect pattern that can specify the execution of The effect pattern pA can specify the content of the effect for executing the first continuation result effect FEa after the start notification effect FA is executed. The effect pattern pB can specify the content of the effect for executing the big hit result effect FD after the execution of the start notification effect FA.

  The production patterns p2, p13, p14, p17 to p21, and p26 are production patterns that can specify the execution of the first scenario production as production contents. In addition, it is possible to specify the start notification effect EA as the effect content for the effect pattern for the first scenario effect. The effect pattern p2 can specify the contents of the effect that does not appear (display) anything after the start notification effect EA is executed. Among the effect patterns for the first scenario effect, the effect patterns p13, p17, p18, and p20 are effect patterns that can specify the execution of the first scenario effect by the first route via the first elapsed effect EB. .

  Specifically, the effect pattern p13 can specify the contents of the effect to be executed in the order of the start notification effect EA, the first elapsed effect EB, and the first continuation result effect EEa, and the effect pattern p17 is the start notification effect EA. The contents of effects to be executed in the order of the first elapsed effect EB and the first jackpot result effect Eda can be specified. The effect pattern p18 can specify the contents of effects to be executed in the order of the start notification effect EA, the first progress effect EB, and the second continuation result effect EEb, and the effect pattern p20 includes the start notification effect EA and the first progress effect EB. , And the contents of effects to be executed in the order of the first jackpot result effect EDa.

Further, the effect patterns p14, p19, p21, and p26 are effect patterns that can specify execution of the first scenario effect by the second route via the second progress effect EC.
Specifically, the effect pattern p14 can specify the contents of the effect to be executed in the order of the start notification effect EA, the second elapsed effect EC, and the third continuation result effect EEc, and the effect pattern p19 is the start notification effect EA. It is possible to specify the contents of effects to be executed in the order of the second progress effect EC and the second continuation result effect EEb. The effect pattern p21 can specify the contents of the effect to be executed in the order of the start notification effect EA, the second progress effect EC, and the second jackpot result effect EDb, and the effect pattern p26 is the start notification effect EA, the second progress effect EC. , And the contents of effects to be executed in the order of the fall result effect EF can be specified.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the reach time required to execute the start notification effect EA and the first elapsed effect EB or the second elapsed effect EC is reached from the start of the special figure variation game. It is set to 13 seconds, which is the same as the production time. Also, the production time required for the execution of the first big hit result production EDa, the continuation result production EEa, EEc, and the fall result production EF is the same 12 seconds as the production time from the formation of the reach until the normal reach production is ended. Is set. In addition, the production time required to execute the second big hit result production EDb and the second continuous result production is set to 32 seconds, which is the same as the production time from the formation of the reach to the completion of the super reach production through the normal reach production. Has been.

  As shown in FIG. 35, the effect patterns p1, p2, p7, p12 to p17, p26, p28, and p29 to p35 are effect patterns that can be selected when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the non-variable state. . As shown in FIG. 36, the effect patterns p1 to p28 are effect patterns that can be selected when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the variable state and the first variable period T1. As shown in FIG. 36, in the production patterns p1 to p28 that can be selected in the first variable period, whether or not the second scenario production is being executed for each variation pattern, the second scenario production content pattern Yb1, Depending on the type of Yb2 and the selection condition of whether or not it is a special figure variation game for newly starting the second scenario effect, selectable effect patterns are different. Note that the content patterns Yb1 and Yb2 of the second scenario effect are patterns that can specify the content of the effect of the second scenario effect, as will be described later. In FIG. 36, “◯” is added to the variation pattern and the effect pattern that can be selected for each of the selection conditions. Also, “First” shown in FIG. 36 indicates the case of the first special figure variation game for starting the second scenario presentation, and “other than the first” represents the special figure fluctuation game executed across the second scenario presentation. The case where it is the special figure fluctuation game after the 2nd is shown. Also, as shown in FIG. 37, the production patterns p1, p7, p12, p16, and p27 can be selected when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the variable state and the second variable period T2. It is a production pattern.

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, one or more presentation patterns that can be selected for each variation pattern are associated with each other, and the effect control CPU 31a uses the variation pattern designated by the variation pattern designation command. One effect pattern is selected by lottery using a predetermined random value from among the effect patterns associated with.

  For example, as shown in FIG. 36, in the first variable period T1, the fluctuation pattern P2 is specified, the production flag is set to “2”, the content pattern Yb1 is selected, and the production start flag is set. When “1” is set (when it is the first special figure variation game), the effect pattern p8 is selected. On the other hand, in this case, when the production start flag is set to “0” (when it is a special figure variation game other than the first), the production pattern p10 is selected.

  And the production pattern which specifies execution of the 1st big hit result production Eda or the 2nd big hit result production EDb which constitutes the 1st scenario production is the change pattern which can be selected when the judgment result of the start big hit judgment is affirmative May be selected if specified. In addition, the effect pattern that specifies the execution of any one of the first continuation result effect EEa, the second continuation result effect EEb, and the third continuation result effect EEc is negative in the determination result of the start period jackpot determination, and the start period This can be selected when a selectable variation pattern is specified when the determination result of the fall determination is negative. In addition, for the effect pattern p27 that can specify the execution of the fall result effect EF, a change pattern that can be selected when the determination result of the start period big hit determination is negative and the determination result of the start period fall determination is affirmative is designated. Can be selected if done.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect pattern for specifying the execution of the first scenario effect by the first route is when the determination result of the start period jackpot determination is affirmative, or the determination result of the start period jackpot determination is This can be selected when a variation pattern that can be selected when a negative result and a determination result of the start period fall determination are negative is designated. On the other hand, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the determination result of the start period jackpot determination is affirmative, the determination result of the start period jackpot determination is negative in the effect pattern that specifies execution of the first scenario effect by the second route. And when the determination result of the start period fall determination is affirmative, or when the determination result of the start period big hit determination and the start period fall determination is negative, a selectable variation pattern is specified. .

  With such a configuration, in the first scenario effect of the present embodiment, when the game effect progresses via the first elapsed effect EB after the start notification effect EA (first route), the fall result effect EF is It is possible to make the player recognize that it will not be executed, that is, that the probability variation falling lottery is not won. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in the first scenario effect, when the game effect progresses via the second elapsed effect FC (second route) after the start notification effect EA is executed, the fall result effect EF May be executed, that is, the player may recognize that there is a possibility of winning the probability variation falling lottery.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in the effect pattern that specifies execution of the first scenario effect by the second route, the determination result of the start period big hit determination is negative, and the determination result of the start period small hit determination is It can be selected when a variation pattern that can be selected when affirmative is specified.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the jackpot occupying the total ratio of the ratio selected when the big hit variation pattern is designated and the percentage selected when the outlier variation pattern is designated. The ratio selected when the variation pattern is designated is higher in the effect pattern for the first scenario effect by the first route than in the effect pattern for the first scenario effect by the second route. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the first scenario effect (first scenario effect by the first route) via the first progress effect EB is the first scenario effect (first scenario effect (first scenario effect by the first route)) ( A jackpot expectation level higher than the jackpot expectation level set in the first scenario rendering in the second effect mode) is set.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the combined ratio of the ratio selected when the variation pattern of the probability variation falls and the ratio selected when the variation pattern of the probability variation non-fall is specified. When the variation pattern of probability variation and non-falling is specified, the effect pattern for the first scenario effect by the first route is higher than the effect pattern for the first scenario effect by the second route. Get higher. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the first scenario effect (first scenario effect by the first route) via the first progress effect EB is the first scenario effect (first scenario effect (first scenario effect by the first route)) ( The probability variation continuation expectation degree higher than the probability variation continuation expectation degree set in the first scenario production by the second route) is set.

  Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the second variable period T2 is in the variable state, the effect pattern for the first scenario effect and the effect pattern for the second scenario effect cannot be selected. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first scenario effect and the second scenario effect are not executed during the second variable period T2.

  Returning to the description of the game start process, as shown in FIG. 33, in step So5, the effect control CPU 31a associates with the variation pattern designated by the variation pattern designation command in the non-variable state as shown in FIG. One production pattern is selected from the produced production patterns by lottery using a predetermined random number value.

  Next, the effect control CPU 31a determines the effect contents of the notice effect (cut-in notice) to be executed during the symbol variation game, and the decoration to be displayed on the effect display device 21 in a definite stop (step So6).

  Specifically, in step So6, the effect control CPU 31a determines the decoration based on the instruction contents of the change pattern designation command and the special figure designation command and the decided effect pattern. That is, in step So6, when the big hit symbol is designated, the effect control CPU 31a determines a decoration (big hit display result) to be confirmed and stopped from among the big hit symbol combinations (for example, [222] and [777]). To do. In addition, when the outlier design is designated and the variation pattern for variation with reach is designated, the effect control CPU 31a determines from among outlier symbol combinations including the reach symbol combination (for example, [424]). Decide the decorative drawing (out-of-order display result) to be stopped. In addition, when the outlier design is designated and the variation pattern for non-reach variation is designated, the effect control CPU 31a does not include the reach design combination (for example, [426] and [211]). ) (Decision display result) to be confirmed and stopped.

  Further, when the effect control CPU 31a specifies the off-line design and the change pattern for the fall suggesting effect change and determines the effect pattern p28 (mode transition effect), the reach symbol combination A decorative figure (outgoing display result) to be confirmed and stopped is determined from out of symbol combinations that do not include.

  The effect control CPU 31a is the case where the off-line design is specified and the change pattern for the fall suggesting effect change is specified, and when the effect patterns p26, p27 (first and second scenario effects) are determined, A decorative figure (outgoing display result) to be confirmed and stopped is determined from out-of-order symbol combinations including the reach symbol combination.

  In step So6, the effect control CPU 31a determines a notice pattern that can specify the contents of the notice effect (cut-in notice) based on the instruction content of the change pattern designation command. In the present embodiment, the notice pattern becomes a non-specific content pattern (content pattern), and the effect control CPU 31a that determines the notice pattern functions as non-specific content pattern determination means (content pattern determination means).

  Specifically, in step So6, the effect control CPU 31a acquires the value of the pattern selection random number from the effect control RAM 31c, and based on the acquired value of the pattern selection random number and the specified variation pattern. Next, the notice pattern is selected with reference to the notice pattern selection table Ty shown in FIG. The notice pattern selection table Ty is stored in the effect control RAM 31c.

  Here, the notice pattern selection table Ty will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 34, in the notice pattern selection table Ty, a notice pattern YP0 that can specify non-execution (none) of the cut-in notice, and an image that imitates a “yellow star” as the effect of the cut-in notice are shown. The notice pattern YP1 that can specify the contents of the effect displayed on the effect display apparatus 21 and the notice pattern YP2 that can specify the contents of the effect displayed on the effect display apparatus 21 in an image imitating the “red star” are associated. . Then, in the notice pattern selection table Ty, for each notice pattern YP0 to YP2, the value of the pattern selection random number is a numerical value (0 to 199) that the random number can take. A predetermined number is distributed among 200 integer values). Therefore, according to the notice pattern selection table Ty, for example, when the variation pattern P6a is designated, the notice pattern YP0 (none) has a probability of 100/200, and the notice pattern YP1 (with probability of 50/200). The notice pattern YP2 (red star) can be selected with a probability of 50/200 for a yellow star.

  According to the distribution mode of the random numbers for pattern selection in the notice pattern selection table Ty, the ratio selected in the case of a big win in the order of notice pattern YP1 (yellow star) <notice pattern YP2 (red star); The ratio selected in the case of jackpot in the combined ratio with the ratio selected in the case of outliers is high. For this reason, in the cut-in notice of the present embodiment, the big hit expectation increases in the order of the notice pattern YP1 (yellow star) <the notice pattern YP2 (red star).

  Further, according to the notice pattern selection table Ty, the ratio selected when the affirmative determination is made in the start period fall determination in the order of the notice pattern YP1 (yellow star) <the notice pattern YP2 (red star), and the negative The ratio selected when a negative determination is made in the combined ratio with the ratio selected when determined is high. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the case where the variation patterns P9 and P10 are designated is a case where an affirmative determination is made in the start period fall determination. For this reason, in the cut-in notice of the present embodiment, the expected probability of continuous change increases in the order of the notice pattern YP1 (yellow star) <the notice pattern YP2 (red star).

  Further, according to the notice pattern selection table Ty, the same (or abbreviated) is obtained when the variation patterns P3b to P9b for the big hit variation are designated and the variation patterns P9a and P10 for the fall suggesting effect are designated. Notification patterns YP1 and YP2 that can specify the same effect content can be determined. That is, the CPU 31a for effect control according to the present embodiment has a case where the determination result of the start period jackpot determination is affirmative and a case where the determination result of the start period is negative and the determination result of the start-time fall determination is affirmative. The notification patterns YP1 and YP2 that can specify the same (or substantially the same) production contents are configured to be determined. The variation patterns P9a and P10 are when the determination result of the start period fall determination is affirmative, and when the determination result of the start period small hit determination is affirmative or when the determination result of the start period small hit determination is negative This is a variation pattern that can be selected. After that, the effect control CPU 31a which has finished the process of step So6 ends the game start process.

  If the determination result in step So4 is negative (in the case of a variable state), the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not the first variable period T1 is included in the variable state (step So7). When the determination result of step So7 is affirmative (when the first variable period T1 is included in the variable period state), the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not the second scenario effect is being executed. (Step So8). Specifically, in step So8, the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not “2” is set in the effect flag as information that can specify that the second scenario effect is being executed. As described above, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, “2” can be set in the effect flag only in the first variable period T1 in the variable state.

  When the determination result of step So8 is affirmative (when the second scenario effect is being executed), the effect control CPU 31a updates the effect remaining number stored in the effect control RAM 31c by 1 (step So9). ). That is, the remaining number of effects is subtracted every time a variation pattern designation command is input (every time the special figure variation game is started). For this reason, in this embodiment, the number of remaining effects coincides with the second reserved storage number stored in association with the value of the pre-read command determined to execute the second scenario effect. In step So8, the effect control CPU 31a sets “0” in the effect flag when the effect remaining count after subtraction becomes 0 (zero).

  Next, the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not the current special figure changing game is a special figure changing game for newly starting the second scenario effect (step So10). In step So10, the effect control CPU 31a makes an affirmative determination when the value of the effect start flag is “1”, and makes a negative determination when the value of the effect start flag is “0”.

  When the determination result of step So10 is affirmative (when the special figure variation game of this time is a special figure variation game in which the second scenario production is newly started), the production control CPU 31a identifies the production content of the second scenario production. A possible content pattern is selected (step So11). Specifically, in step So11, the effect control CPU 31a first obtains the value of the pattern selection random number from the effect control RAM 31c. The effect control CPU 31a can be specified from the acquired pattern selection random number value and the value of the prefetch command stored in the effect control RAM 31c in association with the second reserved storage number corresponding to the remaining number of effects. Based on the variation content of the special figure variation game, the content pattern of the second scenario effect is selected with reference to the second content pattern table Tc2 shown in FIG. The second content pattern table Tc2 is stored in the effect control ROM 31b.

  Here, the second content pattern table Tc2 will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 38 (a), in the second content pattern table Tc2, it is possible to specify the production content (first route) that causes the enemy character A to appear as a content pattern that can specify the production content of the second scenario production. Content pattern Yb1 and content pattern Yb2 capable of specifying the production content (second route) in which enemy character B appears.

  Then, in the second content pattern table Tc2, it is divided for each variation content of the special figure variation game that can be specified from the prefetch command corresponding to the remaining number of performances, and for each content pattern Yb1, Yb2, a random number for pattern selection is stored. A predetermined number of values are distributed among numerical values (all 200 integer values from 0 to 199) that can be taken by the random number. Therefore, according to the second content pattern table Tc2, for example, when the pre-read command makes an affirmative determination in the pre-start fall determination, an affirmative determination in the pre-start big hit determination, and specifies that the variation pattern P8b is 200, The content pattern Yb1 (first route) can be determined with a probability of 150 / min, and the content pattern Yb2 (second route) can be determined with a probability of 50/200.

  According to the distribution mode of the random numbers for pattern selection in the second content pattern table Tc2, the ratio selected in the case of big hit in the order of content pattern Yb2 (second route) <content pattern Yb1 (first route); The ratio selected in the case of jackpot in the combined ratio with the ratio selected in the case of outliers is high. For this reason, in the 2nd scenario production of this embodiment, a big hit expectation degree becomes high in order of contents pattern Yb2 (2nd route) <contents pattern Yb1 (1st route). That is, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the second scenario effect (second scenario effect via the second route effect FC) is used for the second scenario effect (second scenario effect according to the first route) via the first progress effect FB. The big hit expectation degree higher than the big hit expectation degree set in the second scenario production by two routes) is set.

  Further, according to the second content pattern table Tc2, the ratio selected in the case of an affirmative determination in the probability variation fall determination in the order of the content pattern Yb2 (second route) <the content pattern Yb1 (first route), and a negative determination The ratio selected when the negative determination is made in the total ratio with the ratio selected in the case of being selected is high. For this reason, in the second scenario effect of the present embodiment, the probability variation continuation expectation degree increases in the order of content pattern Yb2 (second route) <content pattern Yb1 (first route). That is, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the second scenario effect (second scenario effect via the second route effect FC) is used for the second scenario effect (second scenario effect according to the first route) via the first progress effect FB. A probability variation continuation expectation higher than the probability variation continuation expectation set in the second scenario production by two routes) is set.

  Furthermore, according to the second content pattern table Tc2, when an affirmative determination is made in the pre-start fall determination (when the variation pattern P10 is specified), the content pattern Yb2 (second route) can be selected. The content pattern Yb1 (first route) cannot be selected. That is, when the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is affirmative, the effect control CPU 31a is configured to disable the control for executing the second scenario effect by the first route, while determining the pre-start fall determination. When the result is negative, it is configured to enable control to execute the second scenario effect by the first route.

  Furthermore, according to the second content pattern table Tc2, the content pattern Yb2 (second route) can be selected regardless of whether the pre-start big hit determination result is affirmative or negative. That is, the effect control CPU 31a is configured to be able to perform control to execute the second scenario effect by the second route regardless of whether the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is affirmative or negative.

  Therefore, in the second scenario effect of the present embodiment, when the game effect progresses via the first progress effect FB after the start notification effect FA (in the case of the first route), the fall result effect FF is executed. The player can recognize that there is no winning, that is, that the probability variation lottery is not won. On the other hand, in the second scenario effect of the present embodiment, when the game effect progresses via the second progress effect FC after the start notification effect FA (in the case of the second route), the fall result effect FF is executed. The player can be made aware that there is a possibility of winning, that is, that there is a possibility of winning the probability variation falling lottery.

  Further, according to the second content pattern table Tc2, the effect control CPU 31a has a variation content that can be specified by the prefetch command when the pre-start big hit determination result is positive and the pre-start small hit determination result. Is the same (or substantially the same) when the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination (pre-start small hit determination) is negative and the determination of the pre-start fall determination is positive The content patterns Yb1 and Yb2 that can specify the content are determined.

  In the present embodiment, the content patterns Yb1 and Yb2 that can specify the content of the second scenario effect are the specific content patterns. In addition, the CPU 31a for effect control according to the present embodiment functions as a specific content pattern determination unit capable of determining the content patterns Yb1 and Yb2 of the second scenario effect based on the value of the prefetch command (determination result of the pre-start transition determination). .

  Returning to the description of the game start processing, as shown in FIG. 33, when the effect control CPU 31a selects the content pattern of the second scenario effect in step So11, information that can specify the selected content pattern is used as the effect control CPU 31a. Remember me.

  In step So11, the CPU 31a for effect control determines a content pattern that can specify the effect contents of the second hold change effect to be executed in association with the second scenario effect. Specifically, in step So11, the effect control CPU 31a first obtains the value of the pattern selection random number from the effect control RAM 31c. The effect control CPU 31a can be specified from the acquired pattern selection random number value and the value of the prefetch command stored in the effect control RAM 31c in association with the second reserved storage number corresponding to the remaining number of effects. Based on the variation content of the special figure variation game, the content pattern of the second reserved change effect is selected with reference to the third content pattern table Tc3 shown in FIG. The third content pattern table Tc3 is stored in the effect control RAM 31c.

  Here, the third content pattern table Tc3 will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 38 (b), in the third content pattern table Tc3, the shuriken image G2b is displayed as the reserved image G as a content pattern that can specify the content (display mode) of the effect of the second reserved change effect. A content pattern Yc1 that can specify the content is associated. In the third content pattern table Tc3, a content pattern Yc2 that can specify an effect content for displaying the Japanese sword image G2c as the reserved image G and a content that can specify the effect content for displaying the scroll image G2d as the reserved image G The pattern Yc3 is associated.

  In the third content pattern table Tc3, for each content pattern Yc1 to Yc3, pattern selection is performed for each content pattern Yc1 to Yc3 by dividing the variation content of the special figure variation game that can be specified from the prefetch command associated with the remaining number of effects. Random number values are assigned by a predetermined number from numerical values (all 200 integer values from 0 to 199) that the random number value can take. According to the third content pattern table Tc3, for example, when the pre-read command makes an affirmative determination in the pre-start fall determination, an affirmative determination in the pre-start big hit determination, and specifies the fluctuation pattern P8b, 200 minutes The content pattern Yc1 can be determined with the probability of 40, the content pattern Yc2 with the probability of 60/200, and the content pattern Yc3 with the probability of 100/200.

  According to the distribution mode of the pattern selection random numbers in the third content pattern table Tc3, the content pattern Yc1 (Shuriken) <content pattern Yc2 (Japanese sword) <content pattern Yc3 (roller) is selected in the case of a big hit. The ratio selected in the case of jackpot occupying the combined ratio of the ratio to be selected and the ratio selected in the case of a loss is high. That is, in the first on-hold change effect of the present embodiment, the big hit expectation increases in the order of content pattern Yc1 (Shuriken) <content pattern Yc2 (Japanese sword) <content pattern Yc3 (Scroll).

  Further, according to the third content pattern table Tc3, it is selected in the order of content pattern Yc1 (shuriken) <content pattern Yc2 (Japanese sword) <content pattern Yc3 (roll) in the order of affirmative determination in the pre-start fall determination. The ratio selected when the negative determination is made in the total ratio of the ratio and the ratio selected when the negative determination is made is high. That is, in the second on-hold change effect of the present embodiment, the probability change continuation expectation increases in the order of content pattern Yc1 (shuriken) <content pattern Yc2 (Japanese sword) <content pattern Yc3 (roller)). Therefore, there are a plurality of types of display modes different from each other in the display mode of the hold image G in the second hold display areas 21p to 21s, and the plurality of types of display modes have different jackpot expectations and continuity of probability variation. Expectation is set.

  As described above, in step So11, the CPU 31a for effect control can specify the fluctuation contents that can be specified from the pre-read command (determination results of the pre-start fall determination, pre-start big hit determination, pre-start small hit determination, types of fluctuation patterns, etc.) The content patterns Yb1 and Yb2 and the content patterns Yc1 to Yc3 are determined based on the determined variation content. Therefore, the main control CPU 30a that executes the processing of step So11 functions as a pre-start transition determining means, a pre-start big hit determining means, a pre-start small hit determining, and a pre-start variation determining means on the effect control board 31 side. It also functions as specific content pattern determination means.

  Returning to the description of the game start process, as shown in FIG. 33, when the effect control CPU 31a selects the content pattern of the second hold change effect in step So11, information that can specify the selected content pattern is specified as effect control. In the RAM 31c for use, the number is stored in all the storage areas associated with the second reserved memory number smaller than the second reserved memory number corresponding to the remaining number of effects.

  Next, the CPU 31a for effect control controls the display content of the effect display device 21, and a reserved image G that can be identified from information (content pattern) stored in each storage area associated with the second reserved memory number. Then, the information is displayed in the second hold display areas 21p to 21s according to the second hold storage number stored in association with the information (step So12).

  When the processing of step So12 is completed, when the determination result of step So8 is negative (when the second scenario effect is not being executed), or when the determination result of step So10 is negative (this special figure variation game is the first If it is not a special figure variation game for newly starting a two-scenario effect), the effect control CPU 31a proceeds to the process of step So13. As shown in FIG. 36, in step So13, the effect control CPU 31a stores the value of the effect flag in the effect control RAM 31c from the effect patterns associated with the variation pattern designated by the variation pattern designation command. The effect pattern for the first variable period T1 is selected based on the content pattern of the second scenario effect that can be identified from the existing information and the value of the effect start flag. The effect control CPU 31a, which has finished the process of step So13, proceeds to the process of step So6.

  As shown in FIG. 33, when the determination result of step So7 is negative (in the case of the second variable period T2), the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not the continuation number notification effect is being executed. (Step So14). Specifically, in step So14, the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not “3” is set as information that can specify that the effect notification effect is being executed for the effect flag. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, “3” can be set in the effect flag only in the second variable period T2 in the variable state.

  When the determination result of step So14 is negative (when the continuation count notification effect is not being executed), the effect control CPU 31a has a positive determination result of the pre-start fall determination for the pending second special figure variation game, Further, it is determined whether or not the second special figure variation game in which the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative is included (step So15). Specifically, in step So15, the effect control CPU 31a refers to all the prefetch commands stored in the effect control RAM 31c in association with the second reserved storage number, and the prefetch upper commands referred to are D6H and D8H. , DAH or not.

  When the determination result of step So15 is affirmative (when the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is affirmative and the second special figure variation game in which the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative is not included) The CPU 31a determines whether or not to execute the continuation number notification effect by lottery using a predetermined random number value (step So16). In step So16, the effect control CPU 31a makes an affirmative determination with a probability of 25/100, for example, and makes a negative determination with a probability of 75/100.

  When the determination result in step So16 is affirmative (when it is determined that the continuous number notification effect is to be executed), the effect control CPU 31a sets “3” in the effect flag stored in the effect control RAM 31c, and for effect control. The second reserved storage number stored in the RAM 31c is determined as the number of notifications notified in the continuous number notification effect (step So17). In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the number of notifications also becomes a specific content pattern indicating the content of the effect of the continuous number notification effect. In step So17, the effect control CPU 31a stores the determined number of notifications in the effect control RAM 31c.

  Here, when the determination result of step So15 is affirmative (the determination result of the fall determination before start is affirmative and the determination result of the big hit determination before start is negative) The second reserved memory number is determined as the number of notifications. That is, in the processing of step So15 and step So17, the CPU 31a for effect control has the most special figure fluctuation game in which the determination result of the fall determination before start is negative among the second special figure fluctuation games whose execution is suspended. The number of times that the game is successively executed from the second special figure variation game based on the values of various random numbers stored earlier is counted. Then, in step So17, the effect control CPU 31a determines the number of notifications to be notified in the continuous number notification effect, with the counted number of the second special figure variation game (here, the number equal to the second reserved memory number) as an upper limit. ing. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the start of the second special figure variation game (input of a variation pattern designation command) is a predetermined determination condition, and the effect control CPU 31a functions as a number counting means.

  Then, in steps So15 and So17, the effect control CPU 31a determines the contents of fluctuation that can be specified from the pre-read command (determination result of pre-start fall determination, pre-start big hit determination, pre-start small hit determination, and type of fluctuation pattern). The number of notifications in the continuous number notification effect is determined based on the determined variation content. Accordingly, the main control CPU 30a that executes the processes of steps So15 and So17 functions as a pre-start transition determining means, a pre-start big hit determining means, a pre-start small hit determining, and a pre-start variation determining means on the production control board 31 side. Furthermore, it also functions as specific content pattern determination means.

  When the process of step So17 is completed, if the determination result of step So15 is negative (including the second special figure variation game in which the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is affirmative and the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative) If the determination result of Step So16 is negative (when it is determined that the continuation number notification effect is not executed), the effect control CPU 31a proceeds to the process of Step So18. In step So18, the effect control CPU 31a selects an effect pattern from the effect patterns for the second variable period T2 associated with the variation pattern designated by the variation pattern designation command, as shown in FIG. Step So18). The effect control CPU 31a, which has finished the process of step So18, proceeds to the process of step So6.

  When the determination result in step So14 is affirmative (when the continuous number notification effect is being executed), the effect control CPU 31a updates the notification count stored in the effect control RAM 31c by 1 (step). So19).

  Next, the effect control CPU 31a includes the second special figure variation game in which the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is affirmative and the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative, as in the process of step So15. It is determined whether or not (step So20). When the determination result of step So20 is affirmative (when the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is affirmative and the second special figure variation game in which the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative is not included) The CPU 31a determines whether or not to execute the additional number notification effect by lottery using a predetermined random number value (step So21). In step So21, the effect control CPU 31a makes a positive determination with a probability of 25/100, for example, while making a negative determination with a probability of 75/100.

  When the determination result of step So21 is affirmative (when it is determined that the additional number notification effect is to be executed), the effect control CPU 31a stores in the effect control RAM 31c from the second reserved storage number stored in the effect control RAM 31c. The number of additional notifications to be notified is calculated by subtracting the notified number of notifications to be notified by the additional number notification effect (step So22). In step So22, the effect control CPU 31a adds the determined additional notification count and the notification count to calculate the post-addition notification count, and stores it in the effect control RAM 31c. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the additional notification count also becomes a specific content pattern indicating the content of the additional count notification effect. The effect control CPU 31a of the present embodiment is stored in the effect control RAM 31c in response to the end of the second special figure variation game (input of a game end command) in a process different from the game start process. The post-addition notification count is stored in the effect control RAM 31c as a new notification count.

  In this way, the effect control CPU 31a determines that the determination result of the pre-start fall determination counted by the processing of Steps So20 and So22 is negative when a new determination condition is satisfied in the period in which the continuous number of times notification effect is executed. The number of additional notifications is determined with the difference between the number of second special figure variation games and the number of times already notified by the continuous number notification effect being set as the upper limit. For this reason, the number of additional notifications is changed from the shortage state (probability variation state) to the non-variation state (non-probability variation) after the end of the special figure variation game of the number of times notified by the continuation number notification effect. It is the number of special figure variation games that are executed without shifting to (state). The effect control CPU 31a functions as a number counting means.

  In addition, in steps So20 and So22, the effect control CPU 31a specifies the variation contents (determination results of the pre-start fall determination, pre-start big hit determination, pre-start small hit determination, variation pattern type, etc.) that can be specified from the prefetch command. The number of additional notifications in the additional number notification effect is determined based on the determined variation content. Therefore, the main control CPU 30a that executes the processes of steps So20 and So22 functions as a pre-start transition determining means, a pre-start big hit determining means, a pre-start small hit determining, and a pre-start variation determining means on the side of the effect control board 31. Furthermore, it also functions as specific content pattern determination means.

  When the process of step So22 is completed, if the determination result of step So20 is negative (the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is affirmative, and the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative, includes a second special figure variation game) If the determination result of Step So21 is negative (when it is determined that the additional number notification effect is not executed), the effect control CPU 31a proceeds to the process of Step So18. In steps So20 and So21, the effect control CPU 31a determines that the result of the determination is negative, and if the number of notifications stored in the effect control RAM 31c is 0 (zero), the effect flag is “0”. Set.

  In addition, the CPU 31a for effect control of the present embodiment clears various information (the remaining number of effects, the effect flag, the content pattern, the number of notifications, etc.) related to the prefetch effect when the predetermined condition is satisfied, and forcibly ends the prefetch effect. (Cancel)

  Specifically, the effect control CPU 31a clears various information related to the pre-read effect, triggered by the start of the jackpot game (input of an opening command for the jackpot game). If the prefetch effect is being executed immediately before the start of the big hit game, the prefetch effect being executed is terminated with the start of the big hit game as a trigger.

  However, the effect control CPU 31a does not clear various information related to the pre-reading effect, triggered by the start of the small hit game (input of the opening command for the small hit game). Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when a small hit game is given in the period until the special figure variation game for the remaining number of effects is finished, the look-ahead that has been executed before the start of the small hit game It is possible to perform a control (in the present embodiment, in particular, a continuous number notification effect) that is continuously executed after the end of the small hit game.

  Further, the effect control CPU 31a clears various information related to the prefetch effect when the gaming state is shifted from the probability change state to the non-probability change state (when the probability change end command is input). In addition, when the game state is shifted from the variable state to the non-variable state (when a variable end command is input), the effect control CPU 31a clears various information related to the prefetch effect. In addition, when the effect control CPU 31a shifts the effect mode (when the mode flag is rewritten as described later), it clears various information related to the prefetch effect. Therefore, the effect control CPU 31a is executing when the gaming state is shifted from the probability change state to the non-probability change state, when the change state is changed to the non-change state, and when the effect mode is changed. The pre-reading effect that was present is terminated upon the start of a new special figure variation game (design variation game with decorative drawings).

Next, the control content (mode transition process) for causing the effect display device 21 to execute the mode effect described above will be described.
In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect control RAM 31c stores a mode flag in which information capable of specifying the effect mode being executed is set. When “1” is set in the mode flag, it is possible to specify that the first non-variable mode M1 is executed as the effect mode, and when “2” is set, the second It can be specified to execute the non-variable mode M2. When the mode flag is set to “3”, it is possible to specify that the first variable mode M3 is to be executed. When the mode flag is set to “4”, the second variable mode is set. It can be specified to execute M4.

  The effect control CPU 31a sets “3” in the mode flag when the jackpot game ends, triggered by the input of a probability change start command (or a change start command). In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the probability variation state and the variation state are given even after the big hit game based on any of the big hits AC. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, after the jackpot game is over, the game machine 10 always stays in the first variable speed mode M3.

  Further, when the mode flag is set to “3”, the effect control CPU 31a inputs a change pattern designation command for specifying the change pattern P10 (when the effect patterns p26 to p28 are determined). With the end of the special figure variation game based on the pattern P10 (input of a game end command), “4” is set in the mode flag. When the mode flag is set to “3” and the fluctuation pattern P10 is input, the probability change ends when the result of the probability change fall determination (start period fall determination) becomes affirmative. It is also when entering a command.

  When the mode flag is set to “3”, the effect control CPU 31a determines the effect mode determination random number described above when the effect pattern p12 (NR effect) is determined based on the variation pattern P3a in the game start process. A mode transition lottery for determining whether or not to shift to the second variable speed mode M4 is executed using the value of. When this mode transition lottery is won, the effect control CPU 31a rewrites the effect pattern p12 determined in the game start process to the effect pattern p28 (mode shift effect). In addition, the effect control CPU 31a sets “4” in the mode flag in response to the end of the special figure change game (input of the game end command) based on the change pattern P3a (effect pattern p28). In this case, since the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is shifted to the second variable mode M4 with the probability changing state, the second variable mode M4 is an effect mode that may be in the probability changing state.

  When the mode flag is set to “4”, the effect control CPU 31a determines the effect pattern p12 (NR effect) based on the variation pattern P3a in the game start process, and the gaming state is set. In the case of the probability variation state, a mode transition lottery is executed as to whether or not to transition to the first variation mode M3 using the value of the random number for determining the production mode.

  When this mode transition lottery is won, the effect control CPU 31a rewrites the effect pattern p12 determined in the game start process to the effect pattern p28 (mode shift effect). In addition, the effect control CPU 31a sets “3” in the mode flag in response to the end of the special figure change game (input of the game end command) based on the change pattern P3a (effect pattern p28). For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, even when the mode is changed (falls) from the first speed change mode M3 to the second speed change mode M4 via the mode change effect, the first speed change mode. There is a possibility of re-migration to M3.

  Further, when the mode flag is set to “3” or “4”, the presentation control CPU 31a sets the mode flag to “2” when the variable speed end command is input. In this case, since there is a possibility that the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is shifted to the second non-variable mode M2 with the probability changing state, the second non-variable mode M2 may be in the probability varying state. It becomes a certain production mode.

  When the mode flag is set to “2”, the effect control CPU 31a inputs the change pattern specifying command for specifying the change pattern P9a (when the effect patterns p26 and p28 are determined). The mode flag is set to “1” in response to the end of the special figure changing game based on the pattern P9a (input of a game end command). Note that when the mode flag is set to “2” and the fluctuation pattern P9a is input, the probability change ends when the result of the probability change fall determination (start period fall determination) becomes affirmative. It is also when entering a command.

  When the mode flag is set to “2”, the effect control CPU 31a determines the effect pattern p12 (NR effect) based on the variation pattern P3a in the game start process, and the game state is in an uncertain change state. In some cases, a mode transition lottery is executed to determine whether or not to shift to the first non-variable mode M1 using the value of the effect mode determination random number.

  When this mode transition lottery is won, the effect control CPU 31a rewrites the effect pattern p12 determined in the game start process to the effect pattern p28 (mode shift effect). Further, the effect control CPU 31a sets “1” in the mode flag in response to the end of the symbol change game (input of the game end command) based on the change pattern P3a (effect pattern p28). Thus, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first non-variable mode M1 when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the non-probable variation state or on the condition that the determination result of the start period fall determination is affirmative. Therefore, the first non-variable mode M1 is an effect mode that is unlikely to be in the probability variation state.

  The effect control CPU 31a does not rewrite the mode flag in response to the provision of a small hit game (input of an opening command or an ending command for the small hit game). That is, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect mode is not shifted when the determination result of the small hit determination (start small hit determination) is affirmative.

  Next, a control for controlling the effect display device 21 based on the determination content (decision items) determined in the game start process and the value (effect mode) set in the mode flag, and executing a symbol variation game based on a decorative drawing. Will be described.

  When the change control designation command is input, the effect control CPU 31a starts the change display of the decorative drawing of each row, and controls the effect display device 21 so as to start the symbol change game by the decorative drawing. At this time, the CPU 31a for effect control specifies the effect mode based on the value set in the mode flag, and controls the display content of the effect display device 21 so as to display the background image corresponding to the specified effect mode. To do. When the game control command is input, the effect control CPU 31a causes the effect display device 21 to confirm and stop the symbol combination (display result) of the ornaments determined as the ornament to be confirmed and stopped.

  In addition, the effect control CPU 31a controls the effect display device 21 so that the game effect (display effect) is developed according to the effect content that can be specified from the effect pattern (sub-variation pattern) selected in the game start process. For example, the effect control CPU 31a controls the effect display device 21 so that the mode transition effect is displayed when the effect pattern for the mode transition effect is selected.

  In addition, when the production control CPU 31a selects the production pattern for the first scenario production, the production control device 21 controls the production display device 21 so that the first scenario production is displayed with the content specified by the production pattern. To do. In addition, when performing the first scenario effect, the effect control CPU 31a reduces the decorative drawing to a part of the display area of the effect display device 21 (for example, the upper right corner of the image display unit GH).

Here, the execution mode of the first scenario effect will be described with a specific example.
As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, for example, when the effect pattern p20 is selected based on the change pattern P7b (non-falling and big hit), the effect control CPU 31a displays the change display of the decoration drawing. Is started, an image that imitates the “situation in which a haze has occurred” is displayed, and the display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the start notification effect EA is executed. As described above, since the start notification effect EA is a game effect that is commonly executed even in the first scenario effect by the second route, the start notification effect EA is executed from the situation in which the start notification effect EA is executed. It is difficult for the player to recognize which route the one-scenario production is based on.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 5D, the effect control CPU 31a displays an image that imitates “a state in which a person appears” and displays the effect display device 21 so that the first elapsed effect EB is executed. Control the content. In the symbol variation game by the decorative drawing, the player can be recognized that the determination result of the start period fall determination is negative (not shifted to the non-probability change state) from the situation in which the first progress effect EB is executed. In addition, in the symbol variation game by the decorative drawing, the player is made to recognize that the big hit expectation is higher than the situation in which the first scenario effect by the second route is executed from the situation in which the first progress effect EB is executed. obtain.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 5 (h), the effect control CPU 31a imitates an image simulating "an enemy character appears" and an image of "winning a battle with an enemy character" following the image. The displayed image is displayed, and the display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the second jackpot result effect EDb is executed. Therefore, the player can recognize that it is a big hit from the situation where the second big hit result effect EDb is executed in the symbol variation game by the decorative drawing.

  5A and 5B, for example, when the effect pattern p26 is selected based on the change pattern P10 (falling and falling), the effect control CPU 31a displays the decoration change display. Is started, an image that imitates the “situation in which a haze has occurred” is displayed, and the display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the start notification effect EA is executed. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 5 (e), the effect control CPU 31a displays an image imitating “the appearance of the hero being dragged into the haze”, and the effect display so that the second elapsed effect EC is executed. The display content of the device 21 is controlled. In the symbol variation game with decoration, from the situation in which the second progress effect EC is executed, the determination result of the start period fall determination may be affirmative (it may be shifted to a non-probable change state) ) Can be recognized by the player. In addition, in the symbol variation game by the decorative drawing, the player recognizes that the big hit expectation is lower than the situation in which the first scenario effect by the first route is executed from the situation in which the second progress effect EC is executed. obtain.

  After that, as shown in FIG. 5 (p), the effect control CPU 31a displays an image simulating "a state where a thick fog accumulates", and the display contents of the effect display device 21 so that the fall result effect EF is executed. To control. Therefore, in the symbol variation game by the decorative drawing, it is possible to allow the player to recognize that it has not been a big hit and has shifted to the uncertain change state (falling) from the situation in which the falling result effect EF has been executed.

  In addition, when the effect pattern for the second scenario effect is selected, the effect control CPU 31a controls the effect display device 21 so that the second scenario effect is displayed with the content specified by the effect pattern. . In addition, when the effect control CPU 31a executes the symbol variation game by the decorative drawing based on the effect pattern for the second scenario effect, the second reservation display area 21p ( The effect display device 21 is controlled so that the attacking of the enemy characters A and B is displayed using the weapon of the hold image G displayed in the second hold memory number = 1). When the second scenario effect is executed, the effect control CPU 31a reduces the decorative drawing to a part of the display area of the effect display device 21 (for example, the upper right corner of the image display unit GH).

Here, the execution mode of the second scenario effect will be described with a specific example.
First, the variation contents of the second special figure variation game corresponding to the second reserved memory number = 1 to 3 are the variation patterns P1 and P2 (non-falling and falling), and the second special memory corresponding to the fourth reserved memory number = 4. An example will be described in which the variation content of the diagram variation game is the variation pattern P8b (non-falling and big hit) and the execution of the second scenario effect by the content pattern Yb1 (first route) is determined. In the example described here, it is assumed that the content pattern Yc1 (shuriken) is determined as the content pattern of the second hold change effect to be executed in accordance with the second scenario effect. In addition, effect patterns p3 and p8 are determined as effect patterns in the first second special figure variation game for the first time, and effect patterns p5 and p10 are determined as effect patterns in the second special figure variable game for the second and third times. It is assumed that the effect pattern p24 is selected as the effect pattern in the (final) second scenario effect.

  In this case, as shown in FIGS. 6 (a) and 6 (b), the effect control CPU 31a starts the decorative display variation display in the symbol variation game (second special diagram variation game) by the first decoration diagram. Then, the image imitating “the state that the shoji is closed” is displayed, and the display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the start notification effect FA is started. As described above, the start notification effect FA is a game effect that is commonly executed even in the second scenario effect by the second route, and therefore, the second notification effect FA is executed from the situation in which the start notification effect FA is executed. It is difficult for the player to recognize which route the scenario production is based on.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 6 (d), the effect control CPU 31 a displays an image that imitates “a battle with the enemy character A” and displays the effect so that the first elapsed effect FB is executed. The display content of the device 21 is controlled. The effect control CPU 31a changes the reserved image G to be displayed in the second reserved display areas 21p to 21r of the effect display device 21 to the shuriken image G2b with the start of the first symbol variation game by the decorative drawing. To display.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 6 (e), in the second symbol variation game by the decorative drawing, the CPU 31a for effect control “the weapon (shown in the hold image G displayed in the second hold display area 21p ( An image simulating a battle with the enemy character A using the shuriken) is displayed, and the display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the first progress effect FB is executed. Also, as shown in FIGS. 6 (e) and 6 (f), in the third and fourth symbol variation games, the CPU 31a for effect control “shows the hold image G displayed in the second hold display area 21p. The image imitating the battle state with the enemy character A using the weapon (shuriken) to be displayed is displayed, and the display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the first progress effect FB is executed.

  In the 1st to 4th symbol variation game by the decorative drawing, the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is negative from the situation in which the first progress effect FB is executed (in the second special diagram variation game on hold, it is not It is possible to make the player recognize that the transition is not made to the certain change state. Therefore, in this case, the jackpot expectation degree set mainly for the second scenario effect by the first route and the content pattern of the second hold change effect for the player who has recognized that the state is not shifted to the non-probable change state. Can be noticed. That is, the player can grasp that the weapon shown in the reserved image G is likely to be a big hit in the pending second special figure variation game in the order of shuriken <Japanese sword <scroll.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 6G, the CPU 31a for effect control displays an image imitating “a battle with the enemy character A and a battle with the enemy character C appearing”. The display contents of the effect display device 21 are controlled so that the big hit result effect FD is executed. Therefore, the player can recognize that it is a big hit from the situation where the big hit result effect FD is executed in the symbol variation game by the decorative drawing.

  Next, the variation contents of the second special figure variation game corresponding to the second reserved memory number = 1 to 3 are the variation patterns P1, P2 (non-falling and falling), and the second reserved memory number = 4 corresponding to the second reserved memory number = 4. An example will be described in which the variation content of the special figure variation game is the variation pattern P10 (falling and falling) and the execution of the second scenario effect by the content pattern Yb2 (second route) is determined. In addition, the production patterns p4 and p9 are determined as the production patterns in the first second special figure fluctuation game for the first time, and the production patterns p6 and p11 are decided as the production patterns in the second and third second figure fluctuation games for the fourth time. It is assumed that the effect pattern p27 is selected as the effect pattern in the (final) second scenario effect.

  In this case, as shown in FIGS. 6 (a) and 6 (b), the effect control CPU 31a starts the decorative display variation display in the symbol variation game (second special diagram variation game) by the first decoration diagram. Then, the image imitating “the state that the shoji is closed” is displayed, and the display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the start notification effect FA is started.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 6 (m), the effect control CPU 31a displays an image imitating the “state of battle with the enemy character B”, and the effect display so that the second elapsed effect FC is executed. The display content of the device 21 is controlled. The effect control CPU 31a changes the reserved image G to be displayed in the second reserved display areas 21p to 21r of the effect display device 21 to the shuriken image G2b with the start of the first symbol variation game by the decorative drawing. To display.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 6 (n), the effect control CPU 31a, in the second symbol variation game by the decorative drawing, “weapons shown in the hold image G displayed in the second hold display area 21p ( An image simulating a battle state with the enemy character B using the shuriken) is displayed, and the display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the second progress effect FC is executed. In addition, as shown in FIGS. 6 (n) and 6 (o), the effect control CPU 31a also displays “the hold image G displayed in the second hold display area 21p” in the third and fourth symbol variation games. The image imitating the battle with the enemy character B using the indicated weapon (shuriken) is displayed, and the display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the second elapsed effect FC is executed.

  In the 1st to 4th symbol variation game by the decorative drawing, the determination result of the fall determination before the start may be affirmative from the situation in which the second progress effect FC is executed (the second special figure on hold) It is possible to make the player recognize that the game can be shifted to an uncertain change state in a variation game. Therefore, in this case, for the player who has recognized that the state can be shifted to the non-probability change state, the probability change continuation set mainly in the second scenario effect by the second route and the content pattern of the second hold change effect is continued. You can pay attention to expectations. That is, the player can grasp that the weapon shown in the hold image G is less likely to be shifted to the non-probable change state in the pending second special figure variation game in the order of shuriken <Japanese sword <Scroll.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 6 (r), the effect control CPU 31a displays an image imitating “defeating the battle with the enemy character A”, and the effect display so that the fall result effect FF is executed. The display content of the device 21 is controlled. Therefore, in the symbol variation game by the decorative drawing, it is possible to make the player recognize that it has not been a big hit from the situation in which the fall result effect FF has been executed, and has shifted to the uncertain change state (fall).

  In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the variation pattern P10 is determined even when the determination result of the small hit determination is affirmative, and the first and second scenario effects may be executed based on the variation pattern P10. In such a case, after the fall result effect EF and the fall result effect FF are executed in the symbol variation game by the decorative drawing, the small hit game is given to the player. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the interest is reduced by giving the player who has recognized the transition (falling) from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state by giving the player a chance to win a prize ball. Is suppressed.

  In this way, the effect control CPU 31a receives a pre-read command (after the pre-start big hit determination is executed) and multiple times before the end of the second special figure variation game corresponding to the pre-read command. When the second special figure variation game is executed, the second scenario production effect by the first route is executed across the plurality of second special figure fluctuation games. In addition, the effect control CPU 31a receives the prefetch command (after the pre-start fall determination is executed) and performs a plurality of times before the second special figure variation game corresponding to the prefetch command is terminated. When the 2 special figure variation game is executed, it is configured to be capable of performing the second scenario effect by the second route across the plurality of second special figure fluctuation games. Then, the effect control CPU 31a starts either the second scenario effect by the first route or the second scenario effect by the second route before starting the second scenario effect by the first and second routes. Is started in the same (or substantially the same) effect mode.

  In addition, when the execution control CPU 31a determines the execution (start) of the continuation number notification effect, the remaining number indicating the number of notifications in accordance with the start of the symbol variation game (second special diagram variation game) by the decorative drawing. The display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the image G3 is displayed and the notification effect of the number of continuous times is executed. In addition, when the effect control CPU 31a is executing the continuation number notification effect, the remaining number image G3 indicating the updated notification number updated in the game start process (step So19) is displayed, and the continuation number notification effect is displayed. The display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so as to be executed.

  Further, when the execution control CPU 31a decides to execute the additional number notification effect, the additional number image G4 is displayed along with the start of the symbol variation game (second special diagram variation game) by the decorative drawing, and the additional number notification is performed. The display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the effect is executed. In addition, when the additional number notification effect is executed, the effect control CPU 31a displays the remaining number image G3 indicating the number of notifications after addition determined in the game start process (step So22) after the addition number notification effect is ended. The display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled.

  Here, the execution mode of the continuation number notification effect and the additional number notification effect will be described with reference to FIG. 39 with a specific example. Note that “◯” shown in FIGS. 39A to 39H indicates the second start suspension corresponding to the second special figure fluctuation game in which the determination result of the pre-start fall determination and the pre-start big hit determination is negative. It shall indicate a sphere. In FIG. 39 (h), “◯” with a hatched line corresponds to the second special figure variation game in which the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is affirmative and the pre-start big hit determination result is negative. 2 Indicates a starting ball.

  In FIG. 39 (a), a game ball entered the second start winning opening 25 during the execution of the second special figure variation game (design variation game with decorations), and the second reserved memory number = 4. A situation (a situation in which four second start-up balls are stored) is shown. In this case, the pending second special figure variation game does not include the second special figure fluctuation game in which the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is affirmative and the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative. The effect control CPU 31a can determine that the continuation number notification effect is executed.

  As shown in FIG. 39B, when it is determined that the continuation number notification effect is to be executed, the effect control CPU 31a sets the second reserved memory number = 3 at the start time of the second second special figure variation game to the notification number. And decide. In this case, the effect control CPU 31a displays the remaining number image G3 indicating the number of notifications (here, three times) and controls the display content of the effect display device 21 so that the continuous number notification effect is executed.

  As shown in FIGS. 39 (b) to 39 (d), the presentation control CPU 31a accompanies that the notification count is decremented by 1 every time the second special figure variation game is started (every game start process). The remaining number image G3 indicating the number of notifications after subtraction is displayed, and the display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the continuous number notification effect is executed. In other words, when the effect control CPU 31a is executing the continuation number notification effect, when the second special figure variation game is newly executed, the second special figure variation game notified by the continuation number notification effect is performed. It is configured to be able to perform control for re-notification by subtracting the number of times.

  In FIG. 39 (e), three game balls are newly displayed during the execution of the second special-figure variation game (the symbol variation game by the decorative drawing) for the third time after the continuation number notification effect is started. 2 shows a situation where a player has entered the starting prize opening 25. In this case, the pending second special figure variation game does not include the second special figure fluctuation game in which the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is affirmative and the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative. The effect control CPU 31a can determine that the additional number notification effect is executed.

  As shown in FIG. 39 (f), when it is determined that the additional number notification effect is to be executed, the effect control CPU 31a additionally notifies the second reserved memory number = 3 at the start time of the fourth second special figure variation game. Determine the number of times. In this case, the effect control CPU 31a displays an additional number image G4 indicating the number of additional notifications (here, three times), and controls the display content of the effect display device 21 so that the additional number notification effect is executed. Thereafter, the CPU 31a for effect control displays a remaining number image G3 indicating the number of notifications after addition (here, 3 times) obtained by adding the number of additional notifications (here, 3 times) and the number of notifications (here, 0 times), The display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the continuous frequency notification effect is continuously executed. In this way, the effect control CPU 31a causes the additional number notification effect to be executed by adding to the number of times of the second special figure variable game that is notified by the continuation number notification effect.

  Therefore, from the situation in which the continuous number notification effect is executed, the state changes from the probability change state to the non-probability change state until the second special figure variation game is executed (terminated) at least for the number of times notified by the continuous number notification effect. The player can recognize that it will not (fall). Also, from the situation where the additional number notification effect is executed, at least the number of times notified by the additional number notification effect after the second special figure variation game for the number of times notified by the continuous number notification effect is executed. Until the second special figure variation game is executed (finished), the player can be made aware that the state does not shift (fall) from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state.

  Further, the effect control CPU 31a of the present embodiment is a special figure changing game immediately before the small hit game is given even if the small hit game is given during the period in which the continuous number of times notification effect is executed. The remaining number of times image G3 displayed on the effect display device 21 is displayed on the effect display device 21 also in the first special figure variation game executed after the end of the small hit game. For example, in the case where the continuation number notification effect is started in the first second special figure fluctuation game shown in FIG. 39B, the first special figure fluctuation game is a small hit, and the first second A case where a small hit game is awarded after the special figure variation game is completed will be described. In this case, as shown in FIG. 39 (c), the effect control CPU 31a gives “remaining twice” to the effect display device 21 in the second second special figure variation game executed after the end of the small hit game. The remaining number of times image G3 to be displayed is displayed, and the continuous number of times notification effect is continued. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, even if the small hit game is given during the execution of the continuous number notification effect, the continuous number notification effect is continuously executed through before and after the small hit game. .

  In addition, the effect control CPU 31a controls the display content of the effect display device 21 so that the cut-in notice is executed with the effect content that can be specified from the content pattern selected in the game start process. That is, when the notice pattern YP1 is determined, the effect control CPU 31a displays an image imitating a “yellow star” with the start of the symbol variation game (second special diagram variation game) by the decorative drawing. The display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the cut-in notice is executed. In addition, when the notice pattern YP2 is determined, the effect control CPU 31a displays an image imitating a “red star” with the start of the symbol variation game (second special diagram variation game) by a decorative drawing. The display content of the effect display device 21 is controlled so that the cut-in notice is executed.

  The effect control CPU 31a controls the light emission mode of the decoration lamp 16 so as to execute a light emission effect that can be specified from the effect pattern (sub variation pattern) selected in the game start process. Further, the effect control CPU 31a controls the sound output mode of the speaker 17 so as to output sound that can be specified from the effect pattern (sub variation pattern) selected in the game start process.

  As described above, the effect control CPU 31a is based on the result of at least one of the start period fall determination, the start period big hit determination, the start period small hit determination, and the start period reach determination executed in the special symbol start process. The effect display device 21 is controlled to execute the cut-in notice and the first scenario effect. In addition, the effect control CPU 31a provides the effect display device based on the result of at least one of the pre-start fall determination, pre-start big hit determination, pre-start small hit determination, and pre-start reach determination executed in the special symbol input process. 21 is controlled, and the first hold change effect, the second hold change effect, the second scenario effect, the continuation number notification effect, and the additional number notification effect are executed. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of this embodiment, the effect control CPU 31a functions as an effect execution control means, a first effect control means, a second effect control means, a derived effect control means, and a game control means.

Therefore, according to the present embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(1) In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, whether or not the determination result of the start period fall determination is affirmative before the start period fall determination is triggered by the establishment of the execution condition of the special figure variation game. Since the determination is made in advance, it can be determined before the start of the special figure variation game that is actually shifted to the non-probability change state whether or not the change is from the probability change state to the non-probability change state in the future. Here, in the probability variation state, the winning probability of the big hit lottery is higher than that in the non-probability variation state. Therefore, a state in which the winning probability is a high probability (probability variation state) is a gaming state advantageous to the player. For this reason, in the probability variation state, in addition to winning the big hit lottery, the player is positive in the start fall judgment even if the positive decision is not made in the start big hit decision (if the big hit lottery is not won) There is a sense of expectation that the probability variation state will continue without being judged. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, whether or not an affirmative determination is made in the start period fall determination in the future by executing various prefetch effects based on the content pattern determined based on the determination result of the pre-start transition determination. Various pre-reading effects can be executed with the contents of effects corresponding to. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to suitably increase the interest of the player who expects that the probability variation state in which the winning probability of the big hit lottery is high is continued.

  (2) In this embodiment, by executing the fall determination before start using the value of the fall determination random number used for the start fall determination executed when starting the special figure variation game (at the start). In the future, it is possible to accurately determine whether or not the big hit probability will shift (fall) from a high probability to a low probability.

  (3) In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the case where the affirmative determination is made in the start period jackpot determination is the same as the case where the affirmative determination is made in the start period big hit determination and a positive determination is made in the start period fall determination (or A cut-in notice (notice effect) can be executed by a notice pattern that can specify the contents of the effect (substantially the same). Therefore, when a cut-in notice with the same or substantially the same production content is executed during the execution of the special figure fluctuation game, the special figure fluctuation game is a big hit, and falls into an uncertain change state without a big hit. Can be created and the player's interest in the cut-in notice can be improved.

  (4) It is possible to specify the same (or substantially the same) production contents when the affirmative determination is made in the pre-start big hit determination and when the negative determination is made in the pre-start big hit determination and the positive determination is made in the pre-start fall determination Based on the content pattern, the second progress effect FC (second scenario effect) may be executed. Accordingly, when the second progress effect FC is executed, in the special figure fluctuation game based on the start big hit determination using the stored value of the random number for jackpot determination, that is, in the special figure fluctuation game that has been suspended. Thus, it is possible to create a situation where a big hit and a situation where the player falls into an uncertain change state without becoming a big hit, and the player's interest in the second scenario presentation can be improved.

  (5) The main control CPU 30a, when at least the common value included in both the probability variation determination value and the non-probability variation determination value matches the value of the jackpot determination random number acquired when the incoming ball detection is triggered Affirmative determination is made in the big hit determination before starting. Therefore, the second scenario effect can be executed regardless of the winning probability of the jackpot lottery, that is, whether or not the affirmative determination is made in the start period fall determination, and the player's interest in the second scenario effect can be executed. Can be improved.

  (6) Since the big hit determination random number and the fall determination random number are generated by the different random number generation circuits R1 and R2, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of bias in the effect contents of the game effect due to the two determination random numbers having the same value.

  (7) In the pre-starting fall determination (step Sd1) in the second variable period T2 (step Sd1), a fall determination as to whether or not to fall (transition) from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state, and from the variation state to the non-variation state. A fall determination is made at the same time as to whether or not to fall. Then, the continuation number notification effect can be executed by the number of notifications corresponding to the determination result of the pre-start fall determination, and the additional number notification effect can be executed by the additional notification number. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to enhance the interest of the player who expects that the state that is a variable state advantageous to the player is continued.

  (8) In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the second special figure variation game based on the second start holding ball stored in response to the detection of entering the ball into the second start prize port 25 is the first start prize port 24. It is executed in preference to the first special figure variation game based on the first start holding ball stored in response to the detection of entering the ball. Then, in the variable state in which the rate of entering the second start winning opening 25 is improved, the second scenario is targeted for the second special figure variation game in which the chance to be executed in the variable state is increased. By executing the effect (second hold change effect), the continuation number notification effect, and the additional number notification effect, the player's interest in the variable state is suitably improved.

  (9) Furthermore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when it is difficult to enter the second start winning opening 25 in the non-variable state, there are many opportunities to be executed in the non-variable state. By performing the first reserved change effect for the first special figure variation game, it is possible to improve the interest of the player in the non-changed state.

  (10) In recent pachinko machines, with the advancement of game effects, for example, overall control of the entire machine is performed on the main control board, while controls related to various game effects are executed on the sub control board By doing so, the control burden is distributed. For this reason, it not only enhances the interest of the player who expects to continue the state with a high probability of jackpots, but also applies to pachinko machines in which the control load is distributed by providing a main control board and a sub control board, for example It is also expected to be possible at the same time. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, a prefetch command that can specify the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is generated from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a) and output to the effect control board 31 (effect control CPU 31a). doing. For this reason, in this embodiment, while distributing the control burden of the gaming machine 10 between the main control board 30 and the effect control board 31, the determination result of the pre-start fall determination that is information necessary for the execution of the prefetch effect is produced. It is transmitted to the control board 31 side, and a prefetch effect can be appropriately executed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, it is possible to suitably increase the interest of the player who expects to continue the state where the probability of hitting the jackpot is high while dispersing the control burden related to the execution of the prefetching effect (game effect).

  (11) When the probability variation flag is set to “0” in accordance with the execution of the special figure variation game, that is, when shifting to the non-probability variation state, the variation pattern belonging to the second group different from the first group P1, P2, P3 to P8, and P9a are selected, and a special symbol variation game (a symbol variation game by a decorative drawing) is executed based on the variation pattern. Therefore, when shifting from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state, the special variation game is executed with a variation pattern different from the variation pattern selected when the transition to the non-probability variation state is not performed, and the jackpot probability is shifted to a low probability. It can characterize a special figure variation game.

  (12) With the same look-ahead lower command, it is possible to specify different determination results for the pre-start variation pattern determination depending on whether the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the variable state or not. For this reason, the number of prefetch lower commands can be reduced and an increase in control burden can be suppressed compared to a configuration in which prefetch lower commands that can identify the determination result of the pre-start variation pattern determination are provided separately.

  (13) Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the prefetch upper command is generated by the input of the detection signal from the first start port switch SW1 by the same prefetch lower command (see FIG. 1). The determination of the variation pattern determination before the start is different between when the detection signal is input from the second start port switch SW2 and when it is generated (when the special figure 2 can be specified). The result can be specified. For this reason, the number of prefetch lower commands can be reduced and an increase in control burden can be suppressed compared to a configuration in which prefetch lower commands that can identify the determination result of the pre-start variation pattern determination are provided separately.

  (14) In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to execute the second scenario effect according to the effect content depending on whether or not the small hit game that opens the big winning opening 29 is given separately from the big hit game. Thus, the second scenario production can be diversified and the player's interest can be further enhanced.

  (15) In particular, according to the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, even if the second scenario effect of the second route is executed and the fall result effect FF is finally executed, the probability change is simply performed. The second scenario production is diversified by creating not only a situation where the uncertain change state falls from the state but also a situation where a small hit game is given.

  (16) Also, in this case, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, a chance to win a prize ball (small hit game) for a player who has recognized that the probability change state has changed to the non-probability change state (fall). It can suppress that an interest falls by giving.

  (17) Even if the small hit game is given during the execution of the pre-reading effect (continuous number notification effect), the continuous number notification effect is continuously executed throughout the small hit game. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the player's interest from being lowered by the end of the continuous number notification effect due to the small hit game.

  (18) When the determination result of the start period big hit determination is affirmative, when the determination result of the start period small hit determination is affirmative, and when the determination result of the start period small hit determination is negative and the start period fall determination In the case where the determination result is affirmative, the second scenario effect is executed by the content patterns Yb1 and Yb2 that can specify the same (or substantially the same) effect content. Therefore, when the second scenario effect (second progress effect FC) with the same (or substantially the same) effect content is executed, a situation where a big hit is achieved in the special figure variation game for which execution is suspended, And a situation where the game is shifted to an uncertain change state without being a big hit or a small hit, and the player's interest in the second scenario effect can be improved.

  (19) The same (or substantially the same) variation time in the case where the determination result of the start period small hit determination is affirmative and in the case where the determination result of the start period small hit determination is negative (in the case of loss) Is executed based on the variation patterns P1, P2, P9a, and P10. Therefore, a special figure variation game with the same (or substantially the same) variation time is performed in the case of a small hit and a case of a loss, and it is determined whether or not a small hit is given in the special figure variable game to the player. It can be difficult to notice.

  (20) The determination result of the big hit determination is positive, the determination result of the small hit determination is positive, the determination result of the small hit determination and the big hit determination is negative, and the determination result of the start period falling determination Is affirmative, the cut-in notice can be executed by the notice patterns YP1 and YP2 that can specify the same (or substantially the same) production content. Therefore, when a cut-in notice with the same (or substantially the same) production contents appears during the execution of the special figure variation game (design variation game with decorations), the situation where the special figure variation game is a big hit, It is possible to improve the player's interest in cut-in notice by creating a win situation and a situation in which neither the big hit nor the small hit is made and the state is shifted to an uncertain change state.

  (21) Whether to generate a prefetch command by determining the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 in step Sc11 of the first predetermination process and step Sc21 of the second predetermination process, that is, whether to output the prefetch command It is determined whether or not. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, by outputting the prefetch command in consideration of the gaming state of the gaming machine 10, for example, only necessary prefetch commands are output according to the gaming state, and unnecessary command output Reduction can be achieved. That is, the number of command outputs from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a) can be reduced, and the erroneous transmission of the command itself, or the malfunction of the effect control board 31 (effect control CPU 31a) due to the output of an unnecessary command. Can be suppressed.

  (22) In particular, the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not to generate a prefetch command depending on whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a variable state. Therefore, it is possible to output only necessary prefetch commands depending on whether or not the variable state is present, thereby reducing unnecessary command output.

  (23) According to the first pre-determination process, the fall that is acquired in response to the first detection signal from the first start-up switch SW1 in the variable speed state and in the big hit state (during the big hit game) The prefetch command generated using the random number for determination is not output to the effect control board. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, when it is in the variable speed state or the big hit state, the pre-reading effect cannot be executed triggered by the input of the first detection signal from the first start port switch SW1. . Therefore, for example, in the variable speed state or the big hit state, the pre-reading effect is executed for the first special figure variation game based on the entrance detection by the first start port switch SW1, but the second start port switch SW2 is used. As a result of preferentially (interrupting) execution of the second special figure variation game based on the detection of the incoming ball, there is a time between the already executed prefetch effect and the first special figure variation game targeted by the prefetch effect. On the contrary, it can be suppressed that the interest of the player is lowered.

  (24) Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the ratio of the big hits A, a, B, and b in which 100 is set as the number of branches or the upper limit of change is more than that of 25% in FIG. The 85% in FIG. 2 is higher. That is, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the second special figure variation game based on the detection of entering the ball into the second start winning opening 25 is the first special figure based on the detection of entering the ball into the first start winning opening 24. Compared to the floating game, a big hit with a large privilege is easily determined. Under such a premise, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in a variable speed state in which the rate of entering the second start winning opening 25 is improved, it may be a disadvantageous big hit as compared to FIG. By not performing the pre-reading effect on the special special figure 1, the player's interest is suppressed from decreasing.

  (25) According to the second pre-determination process, when the state is the variable speed state and the big hit state (during the big hit game), it is acquired with the input of the second detection signal from the second start-up switch SW2. The prefetch command generated using the fall determination random number value is output to the effect control board 31. For this reason, in the variable speed state or the big hit state, it becomes possible to execute a pre-reading effect triggered by the input of the second detection signal from the second start port switch SW2. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 that executes the second special figure variation game with priority over the first special figure variation game, the prefetch effect is executed for the second symbol variation game that is preferentially executed, and the player's interest is enhanced. It can improve suitably.

  (26) According to the storage command setting process, when the special symbol start process and the special symbol input process are executed within one control cycle for the same reserved storage number, that is, within one control cycle. If the number of reserved memories does not change, the corresponding reserved memory command is not output to the effect control board 31. For this reason, on the production control board 31 side, a time lag occurs in the input of the hold memory command, whereby the number of hold memories stored in the effect control RAM 31c and the number of hold memories stored in the main control RAM 30c. It can suppress that the period which does not correspond generate | occur | produces. Accordingly, when a prefetch effect (especially the first and second hold change effects) is executed using the reserved memory number stored in the effect control RAM 31c, the prefetch effect based on the more accurate reserved memory number is executed. be able to.

  (27) In some conventional pachinko machines, after the big hit game is finished, an advantageous gaming state advantageous to the player is given, and the advantageous gaming state is determined by a transition determination using a predetermined random number for determination. Some of them are terminated on the condition that an affirmative determination is made. Here, as the advantageous gaming state, for example, a probability variation state in which the jackpot probability is varied from a low probability to a high probability, or a state in which the entrance rate of the game ball to the start opening is improved (so-called variation (Time reduction state) and the like. In such a pachinko gaming machine, in addition to the determination result of the jackpot determination being affirmative, even if the determination result of the jackpot determination is not affirmative, the player is determined to be affirmative in the transition determination. Without expectation, the advantageous gaming state will continue. However, the pachinko gaming machine disclosed in Patent Document 1 described above executes a game effect based on the result of prior determination of jackpot determination. Therefore, as described above, a game effect that focuses on the characteristics of a pachinko gaming machine that terminates the advantageous gaming state based on the determination result of the transition determination is executed, and the interest of the player who is expected to continue the advantageous gaming state is further enhanced. Is expected.

  The production control CPU 31a of the present embodiment refers to the determination result of the transition determination before start indicated in the prefetch command when the determination condition is satisfied (start of the special figure variation game), and starts after the determination condition is satisfied. The number of times that the special figure variation game for which the determination result of the previous transition determination is negative is continuously executed. In the special figure variation game in which the determination result of the transition determination before start is negative, the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is maintained in the variable state without shifting from the variable state to the non-variable state. In the present embodiment, by executing the continuation count notification effect, the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is shifted from the variable state to the non-variable state with the number of counted special figure variation games as an upper limit. The number of special figure variation games to be executed without notification is notified. Therefore, by executing the above-described continuous number of times notification effect in the variable state, the player is made to recognize the number of special figure variation games in which the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is maintained in a variable state advantageous to the player. be able to. Accordingly, it is possible to enhance the interest of the player who expects to continue the variable state.

  (28) In the continuous number notification effect, every time a special figure variation game is newly executed, the number of special figure variation games notified by the continuous number notification effect is subtracted and re-notified. Therefore, it is possible to make the player easily grasp the remaining number of special figure variation games in which the variable state is reliably continued.

  (29) In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, an additional number notification effect is executed. Therefore, by executing the additional number notification effect, the number of special figure variable games in which the variable state is continued after the number of special figure variable games already notified by the continuous number notification effect is added to the player. Can be informed. Therefore, it is possible to further enhance the interest of the player who is expected to continue the variable state.

  (30) The additional number notification effect is executed in such a manner that it is added to the number of special figure variation games notified by the continuous number notification effect. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the player can more clearly understand the number of times the variable state is continued.

  (31) Further, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in the second variable period T2, the variable state and the probable state are finished simultaneously. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, it can be said that the number of special figure variation games that are executed without shifting from the probability variation state to the non-probability variation state is notified in the continuous number notification effect. For this reason, in the probability variation state, the player can recognize the number of special figure variation games in which the big hit probability is maintained at a high probability that is advantageous to the player by executing the above-described continuous number notification effect. Therefore, it is possible to enhance the interest of the player who expects to continue the state where the big hit probability (hit probability) is high.

  (32) Also, in the continuous number notification effect, when a special figure variation game is newly executed, the number of special figure variable games notified by the continuous number notification effect is further subtracted and re-notified. Therefore, it is possible to make the player easily grasp the remaining number of special figure variation games in which the state where the big hit probability is high is reliably continued.

  (33) Also, by executing the additional number notification effect, the number of special figure variation games in which the probability variation state is continued after the completion of the number of special figure variation games already notified by the continuous number notification effect is given to the player. Can be additionally notified. Accordingly, it is possible to further enhance the interest of the player who is expected to continue the probabilistic state.

  (34) The additional number notification effect is executed in such a manner that it is added to the number of special figure variable games notified by the continuous number notification effect. For this reason, it is possible to make the player more clearly understand the number of times the probability variation state is continued by the additional number notification effect.

  (35) In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first scenario effect (the first scenario effect by the first route) via the first progress effect EB is the first scenario effect ( A higher jackpot expectation degree and a probability variation continuation expectation degree higher than the first scenario production by the second route) are set. For this reason, when the 1st scenario production is performed by the 1st route, it is highly likely that it will be a big hit, and even if it is not a big hit, there is a high possibility that it will be maintained in a probable state. Therefore, it is possible to give the player a sense of security and improve their interest. In addition, when the first scenario effect is executed by the second route, it is less likely to be a big hit, and when it is further off, it can be recognized that there is a high possibility of shifting to an uncertain change state. , It gives the player a sense of tension, which can improve interest. Therefore, it is possible to enhance the interest of the player who expects the continuation of the state in which the jackpot probability is high.

  (36) When the determination result of the start period jackpot determination is affirmative, or when the determination results of the start period jackpot determination and the start period fall determination are negative, the first scenario effect by the first route is executed. Therefore, by executing the first scenario effect by the first route, it is possible to make the player recognize that the big hit probability is not shifted to a low probability even if it is not a big hit. On the other hand, in this embodiment, when the determination result of the start period jackpot determination is affirmative, when the determination result of the start period jackpot determination and the start period fall determination is negative, or when the determination result of the start period jackpot determination is negative If the determination result of the start period fall determination is affirmative, the first scenario effect by the second route is executed. For this reason, it is possible to cause the player to recognize that the jackpot probability may be shifted to a low probability by executing the first scenario effect by the second route. Therefore, according to the production mode (route) of the first scenario production, it is possible to give the player a sense of security and tension and improve the interest.

  (37) In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the determination result of the start period fall determination is negative depending on which of the first progress effect EB and the second progress effect EC is the progress effect constituting the first scenario effect. It is possible to make the player recognize whether or not there is a possibility. In the first scenario effect, the determination result of the start period big hit determination and the start period fall determination is notified to the player by the result effect corresponding to the progress effect. Therefore, the player can have a sense of expectation by at least two stages of the progress effect and the result effect, and the interest can be improved.

  (38) Before the start of the first scenario effect by the first route or the second route, the same (or substantially the same) start notification effect EA is executed by the first scenario effect by each route. Therefore, at the stage where the start notification effect EA is executed, the player cannot grasp which of the first route and the second route the first scenario effect is executed. Can do.

  (39) In the gaming machine 10 of this embodiment, when the determination result of the start period big hit determination is negative and the determination result of the start period small hit determination is affirmative, the control is executed to execute the first scenario effect by the second route. Is possible. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, even if the fall result effect EF is derived through the execution of the first scenario effect by the second route and the game state is shifted to the non-probable change state, There is a possibility that a small hit game that opens the mouth 29 is given. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest of the player when the game state is shifted to the non-probable change state.

  (40) In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the second scenario effect (second scenario effect by the first route) via the first progress effect FB is the second scenario effect (second scenario effect (first route effect) by the first route) ( A higher jackpot expectation degree and a probability variation continuation expectation degree than the second scenario production by the second route) are set. For this reason, when the second scenario effect is executed by the first route, the special figure variation game that is the target of the big hit determination before the start is highly likely to be a big hit, and even if it is not a big hit Since it is possible to recognize that there is a high possibility of being maintained in a probabilistic state in the special figure variation game that has been subject to the pre-start transition determination, it is possible to give the player a sense of security and improve their interest. In addition, when the second scenario effect is executed by the second route, it is unlikely that the special figure variation game subject to the big hit determination before the start will be a big hit. Since it is possible to recognize that there is a high possibility of shifting to the uncertain change state in the special figure variation game, it is possible to give the player a sense of tension, thereby improving the interest. Therefore, it is possible to enhance the interest of the player who expects the continuation of the state in which the jackpot probability is high.

  (41) When the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is affirmative, or when the determination results of the pre-start big hit determination and the pre-start fall determination are negative, the second scenario effect by the first route is executed. Therefore, even if the special figure variation game that is the target of the big hit determination before the start does not become a big hit due to the execution of the second scenario effect by the first route, the special figure fluctuation game does not shift to the non-probable change state. Can be recognized by the player. On the other hand, when the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is affirmative, when the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination and the pre-start fall determination is negative, or the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative and before the start If the determination result of the fall determination is affirmative, the second scenario effect by the second route is executed. Therefore, by executing the second scenario effect by the second route, it is possible to make the player recognize that there is a possibility of shifting to the non-probable change state in the special figure change game that has been subject to the pre-start change determination. Therefore, according to the production mode (route) of the second scenario production, it is possible to give the player a sense of security and tension and improve the interest.

  (42) When the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative and the determination result of the pre-start small hit determination is positive, it is possible to control to execute the second scenario effect by the second route. For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, even if the fall result effect FF is derived through the execution of the second scenario effect by the second route and the gaming state is shifted to the non-probable change state, There is a possibility that a small hit game that opens the mouth 29 is given. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest of the player when the game state is shifted to the non-probable change state.

  (43) The CPU 31a for effect control can control the second scenario effect to be executed across a plurality of special figure variation games. Therefore, it is possible to improve the interest by giving the player a sense of security or tension across a plurality of special figure variation games.

  (44) In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the determination result of the start period fall determination is negative depending on which of the first progress effect FB and the second progress effect FC is the progress effect constituting the second scenario effect. It is possible to make the player recognize whether or not there is a possibility of becoming. In the second scenario effect, the player is notified of the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination and the pre-start fall determination by the result effect corresponding to the progress effect. Therefore, the player can have a sense of expectation by at least two stages of the progress effect and the result effect, and the interest can be improved.

  (45) Before the start of the second scenario effect by the first and second routes, the same (or substantially the same) start notification effect FA is executed in each second scenario effect. Therefore, at the stage where the start notification effect FA is executed, since the player cannot grasp which of the first and second routes the second scenario effect is executed, the player's expectation can be suitably enhanced. it can.

  (46) A plurality of types of content patterns Yc1 to Yc3 (display modes) in which the reserved images G indicating the special figure variation game whose execution is suspended are different from each other in parallel with the second scenario effect by the first and second routes. The second hold change effect displayed by is executed. Different big hit expectation levels are set for the plurality of types of content patterns Yc1 to Yc3 (display modes) in the reserved image G. For this reason, for example, when the second scenario effect by the first route is being executed, it can already be recognized that there is a high possibility of being maintained in a certain variation state in the special figure variation game that is the target of the transition determination before the start. Therefore, according to the big hit expectation set in the content pattern, it is possible to give a sense of expectation to the big hit. On the other hand, for example, when the second scenario effect by the second route is being executed, it can already be recognized that there is a high possibility of shifting to the non-probable change state in the special figure change game that is the target of the start determination before the start. Therefore, it is possible to give a sense of expectation not to shift to the non-probable change state according to the jackpot expectation set in the notice pattern.

  (47) Under the control of the effect control CPU 31a, the first and second scenario effects of the first route for presenting the jackpot expectation degree to the player based on the determination result of each jackpot determination using the value of the random number for jackpot determination. Can be executed. In addition, the first and second scenario effects by the second route for presenting the player with the expected degree of continuity of change based on the determination result of each fall determination using the value of the random number for fall determination under the control of the effect control CPU 31a. Can be executed. For this reason, when the first and second scenario effects are executed by the first route, the player is made to recognize the big hit expectation degree, and finally the determination result of the start big hit determination becomes positive. Can be held. On the other hand, when the first and second scenario effects by the second route are executed, if the determination result of the start period big hit determination is not affirmative, the determination result of the start period fall determination is not affirmative and the probability variation state Can be expected to continue. Thus, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the first and second scenario effects based on the determination results of each jackpot determination using the value of the jackpot determination random number and each fall determination using the value of the fall determination random number. The first and second scenario effects based on the determination result can be executed, and the player can have different expectations such as the jackpot expectation degree and the high probability continuation expectation degree, and the entertainment can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to enhance the interest of the player in a gaming machine that uses a random number to shift the jackpot probability from a high probability to a low probability.

  (48) The second scenario effect by the first route is executed based on the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination executed before the start of the special figure fluctuation game, and more than when the special figure fluctuation game is started. The second scenario effect by the second route is executed based on the determination result of the pre-start fall determination executed before. Therefore, the player can continue to execute the second scenario effect by the first and second routes before the special figure variation game subject to the pre-start big hit determination or the pre-start transition determination is started. Can raise the sense of expectation.

  (49) If the determination result of the pre-starting fall determination is affirmative, the second scenario effect by the first route is not executed, whereas if the determination result of the pre-start falling determination is negative, the first route The second scenario effect can be executed. Therefore, when the second scenario effect by the first route is executed, it can be recognized that the transition to the uncertain change state is not made, so the player can concentrate on whether or not the big game is a big hit in the special figure variation game. A sense of security can be given. On the other hand, the second scenario effect by the second route can be executed regardless of whether the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is affirmative or negative. Therefore, since it can be recognized that there is a possibility of transition to a non-falling state, a sense of tension can be given to the player, thereby improving the interest.

  (50) The display modes of the hold image G in the second hold display areas 21p to 21s include a plurality of different display modes, and the plurality of types of display modes include different jackpot expectations and probability changes. Continuation expectation is set. Therefore, in a state where it can be recognized that the transition to the uncertain change state is not realized by executing the second scenario effect by the first route, according to the jackpot expectation set in the display mode (content pattern) of the reserved image G The expectation for the big hit of the person can be raised. In addition, in the state where it is possible to recognize that there is a possibility of shifting to the non-probable change state by executing the second scenario effect by the second route, the probability change continuation expectation set in the display mode (content pattern) of the hold image G is expected. Depending on the degree, it is possible to enhance the interest of the player who expects that the probability variation state will be continued.

  (51) In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, since the second scenario effect by the first and second routes can be executed across a plurality of special figure fluctuation games, the player's interest is shown in a plurality of special figures. It can be improved over variable games.

(Second Embodiment)
Next, a second embodiment embodying the present invention will be described. In the following description, the description of the same configuration and the same control content as those of the already described embodiment will be omitted or simplified. Note that the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured in such a manner that the continuous number notification effect and the additional number notification effect can be executed in the first variable period T1 in addition to the second variable period T2. Different from the first embodiment.

  As shown in FIG. 40, in the game start process, the effect control CPU 31a, when the determination result in step So8 is negative (when the second scenario effect is not being executed), is stored in the effect control RAM 31c. With reference to the value of the number counter, it is determined whether or not the remaining number of the special figure variation game of the branch number or the variable upper limit number is 4 or more (step So30). When the determination result of step So30 is affirmative (when the remaining number of times of change is 4 or more), the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the continuation number notification effect is being executed (step So31). In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, “3” can be set in the effect flag in any of the first variable period T1 and the second variable period T2 in the variable state.

  When the determination result in step So31 is affirmative (when the continuous number notification effect is being executed), the effect control CPU 31a updates the notification count stored in the effect control RAM 31c by 1 (step So32). Next, the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not to execute the additional number notification effect by lottery using a predetermined random number value (step So33). In step So33, the effect control CPU 31a makes an affirmative determination with a probability of 25/100, for example, and makes a negative determination with a probability of 75/100.

  When the determination result of step So33 is affirmative (when it is determined to execute the additional number notification effect), the effect control CPU 31a determines the additional notification number to be notified by the additional number notification effect (step So34). More specifically, in step So34, the effect control CPU 31a obtains the number of special figure variation games indicated in the sub-action number counter stored in the effect control RAM 31c. Then, the main control CPU 30a subtracts 1 from the number of acquired special figure fluctuation games, and further subtracts the number of notifications to specify the number of notifications that can be notified by the additional number notification effect. Here, the number of special figure fluctuation games obtained by subtracting 1 from the number of special figure fluctuation games acquired from the counter action number counter is the special figure that has not yet been executed among the special figure fluctuation games having the branching number or the variable upper limit number of times. This is the remaining number of times for the floating game. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the start of the special figure variation game (input of the variation pattern designation command) is the first counting condition, and the main control CPU 30a that executes the processing of Step So34 serves as the first number counting means. Function. If the number of notification possible times is 0 (zero) as a result of subtracting 1 from the number of special figure variation games acquired from the sub-acting number counter (when the remaining number is 0 (zero)), the effect control CPU 31a. Determines non-execution of the additional number notification effect. Then, the effect control CPU 31a obtains the pattern selection random number value stored in the effect control RAM 31c, and based on the obtained random number value and the specified number of notifications shown in FIG. The number of additional notifications is determined with reference to the frequency distribution table Td. The number distribution table Td is stored in the effect control ROM 31b.

  As shown in FIG. 41, in the frequency allocation table Td, “1 time” to “7” of the special figure variable game, which is divided into each possible number of notifications of “1 time” to “7 times or more” and used as the additional notification frequency. The number of random numbers for pattern selection is distributed by a predetermined number from the numerical values (all 200 integer values from 0 to 199) that the random number value can take. Therefore, according to the frequency allocation table Td, for example, when “seven times or more” is determined as the number of possible notifications, “1” to “4” is 28/200 with a probability of 29/200. “5 times” to “7 times” can be determined with the probability of

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, after the big hit game is finished, the changing state is given at least until the upper limit number of times of changing or the special figure changing game of the number of branching ends. It has become. Therefore, in step So34, the CPU 31a for effect control additionally notifies the number of times exceeding the upper limit number of the second reserved memory number when the number of the special figure variation game indicated by the sub action number counter is four times or more. It can be determined as the number of times. In this way, in step So34, the effect control CPU 31a calculates the difference between the remaining number of the special figure variable game of the number of branches or the upper limit of the number of changes and the number of special figure variable games already notified by the continuous number notification effect. As the upper limit, the number of additional notifications is determined.

  In step So34, the effect control CPU 31a adds the determined additional notification count and the notification count to calculate the post-add notification count, and stores it in the effect control RAM 31c. It should be noted that the effect control CPU 31a of the present embodiment is the post-addition stored in the effect control RAM 31c triggered by the end of the special figure variation game (input of the game end command) in a process different from the game start process. The notification count is stored in the effect control RAM 31c as a new notification count.

  When the process of step So34 is completed and when the determination result of step So33 is negative (when it is determined that the additional number notification effect is not executed), the effect control CPU 31a proceeds to the process of step So13. In step So33, if the determination result in step So33 is negative and the number of notifications stored in the effect control RAM 31c is 0 (zero), the effect control CPU 31a displays “ Set to “0”.

  When the determination result of step So36 is negative (when the continuous count notification effect is not being executed), the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not to execute the continuous count notification effect (step So36). In step So36, for example, the effect control CPU 31a makes an affirmative determination with a probability of 25/100, while making a negative determination with a probability of 75/100.

  When the determination result of step So36 is affirmative (when it is determined that the continuous number notification effect is to be executed), the effect control CPU 31a sets “3” in the effect flag stored in the effect control RAM 31c (step So37). . In step So37, the effect control CPU 31a determines the number of notifications to be notified by the continuous number notification effect. Specifically, in step So37, the effect control CPU 31a obtains the number of special figure variation games from the sub-actuation number counter stored in the effect control RAM 31c, and from the obtained number of special figure variation games. The number obtained by subtracting 1 is specified as the possible number of notifications that can be notified by the continuous number notification effect. Therefore, the main control CPU 30a that executes the process of step So37 functions as a first number counting means. Then, the effect control CPU 31a obtains the pattern selection random number value stored in the effect control RAM 31c, and based on the obtained random number value and the specified number of notifications shown in FIG. The number of notifications is determined with reference to the frequency distribution table Td.

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, after the big hit game is finished, the changing state is given at least until the upper limit number of times of changing or the special figure changing game of the number of branching ends. It has become. Therefore, in step So37, the CPU 31a for effect control indicates the number of times of exceeding the upper limit number of the second reserved memory number of 4 times when the number of special figure variable games indicated by the sub-action number counter is 4 times or more. Can be determined as

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect control CPU 31a has the upper limit number of the second reserved memory number (four times in this embodiment) as the remaining number of the special variation game of the change upper limit number or branch number. In the case of the above, the number of notifications and the number of additional notifications are determined based on the remaining number of times of the special variation game of the variable upper limit number or branch upper limit number. When the process of step So37 is completed and when the determination result of step So36 is negative (when it is determined that the continuous number notification effect is not executed), the effect control CPU 31a proceeds to the process of step So13.

  Further, when the determination result of step So30 is negative (when the remaining number of special figure variation games is less than 4), the effect control CPU 31a determines that the change end condition is a branch number end condition and the gaming machine 10 It is determined whether or not the gaming state is a probable change state (step So35). That is, in step So35, it is determined whether or not there is a possibility that the second variable period T2 is started. In step So35, the effect control CPU 31a determines whether or not the variable end condition is a branch number end condition with reference to a big hit type flag that can specify the last (most recent) big hit type.

  Here, the big hit seed flag will be described in detail. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the opening control command for the big hit game is input, the effect control CPU 31a determines the type of the big hit from the special figure designated in the game start process in the special figure variation game immediately before that. Then, the effect control CPU 31a sets “0” in the big hit type flag when the determined big hit is the big hit A, a (abnormality 100 times big hit) or the big hit C, c (abnormality 50 times big hit). In the case of big hit B, b (special variable short hit), the big hit seed flag is set to “1”.

  Therefore, the CPU 31a for effect control makes an affirmative determination in step So35 when the big hit type flag is set to “1” and is in a probable variation state. When the determination result of step So35 is negative (when the variable end condition is the number cut end condition, or when the variable end condition is the branch number end condition and the non-probable change state), the presentation control CPU 31a The process proceeds to step So31. On the other hand, if the determination result in step So35 is affirmative (if the variable end condition is the branch count end condition and the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the certain change state), the effect control CPU 31a performs the process of step So14. Migrate to

  As already described in the first embodiment, in the process after step So14 in the game start process, the continuous number notification effect and the additional number notification effect based on the variation content of the special figure variation game that can be specified by the prefetch command. The number of notifications and the number of additional notifications are determined. Therefore, in step So35, when there is a possibility that the second variable period T2 may be started, the CPU 31a for effect control changes the process related to the continuation number notification effect and the additional number notification effect from the process based on the branch count to the prefetch command. Switching to processing based on (preliminary determination result). In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the start of the second special figure variation game (input of the variation pattern designation command) in the second variation period T2 is the second counting condition, and the effect control CPU 31a counts the second number of times. Functions as a means.

  Next, the control for controlling the effect display device 21 based on the determination content (determination items) determined in the game start process and executing the symbol variation game based on the decorative drawing will be described with reference to FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 42 (a), when the most recent big hit game is a big hit A, a, C, c, until the special figure variation game of the upper limit of change (100 times or 50 times) ends. The number of notifications and the number of additional notifications can be determined with the number of special figure variation games specified by subtracting 1 from the sub-operation number counter as the upper limit. Then, the effect control CPU 31a displays the remaining number image G3 indicating the determined number of notifications in the first variable period T1, and controls the display content of the effect display device 21 so that the continuous number notification effect is executed. To do. In addition, in the case where the effect control CPU 31a is executing the continuation number notification effect in the first variable period T1, the special figure that is notified by the continuation number notification effect each time a special figure variation game is newly executed. Subtract the number of times of the variable game and let you know again.

  Similarly, the effect control CPU 31a displays an additional number image G4 indicating the determined number of additional notifications in the first variable period T1, and the display content of the effect display device 21 so that the additional number notification effect is executed. To control. In the first variable period T1, the effect control CPU 31a causes the additional number notification effect to be executed in a manner to be added to the number of special figure variable games that are notified by the continuous number notification effect.

  For this reason, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, in the first variable time period T1, a continuous number notification effect in which the number of notifications is 1 to 7 can be executed, and the number of additional notifications is 1 to 7 times. The added number notification effect may be executed. And, in the last four special-figure fluctuation games among the special-figure variation games with the upper / lower limit number of times (50 or 100), the number of continuations is notified in accordance with the remaining number of special-figure variable games with the upper / lower limit number of times The number of special-figure-changing games that are notified by the effect and the additional number notification effect decreases. In this case, the number of special figure variation games finally notified by the continuation number notification effect becomes zero, and then the variable state is ended.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 42 (b), when the most recent big hit game is the big hit B, b, the effect control CPU 31a performs the first change in the same way as the big hit A, a, C, c. In the short period T1, the continuation number notification effect and the additional number notification effect are executed. Of the special number fluctuation games for the number of branches, in the last four special figure fluctuation games, if the state has shifted to the non-probability change state until then (the branch number end condition has been established), The number of special-figure variable games that are notified in the continuation number notification effect and the additional number notification effect decreases according to the remaining number of special-figure game. In this case, the number of special figure variation games finally notified by the continuation number notification effect becomes zero, and then the variable state is ended.

  On the other hand, among the special figure variation games of the number of branches, in the last four special figure variation games, if the transition to the probability variation state has not been made so far (if the branch number termination condition is not satisfied), The upper limit of the maximum number of the second reserved memory number is four, provided that the determination result is affirmative and the execution result of the second special figure variable game in which the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative is not suspended. The number of notifications and the number of additional notifications can be determined. In this case, in the special figure variation game after the last four times among the special figure variation games of the number of branches, the continuous number notification effect and the additional number notification are performed in the same manner as in the second variable period T2 of the first embodiment. An effect can be executed. Then, the effect control CPU 31a continues the special number fluctuation game in which the determination result of the pre-start fall determination determined based on the pre-read command and the continuation number notification effect based on the remaining number of the special number fluctuation game of the branch number is continuous. Thus, the continuous number notification effect based on the number of times of execution is continuously executed without distinction.

  In the present embodiment, the continuous frequency notification effect executed in the first variable period T1 becomes the first frequency notification effect, and the effect control CPU 31a that executes the continuous frequency notification effect in the first variable time period T1 notifies the first frequency. It functions as a control means. Further, the second variable short-term after the end of the first variable time period T1 in the period during which the variable-gap state is given (the period from when “1” is set to the operation flag until “0” is set). When the interval T2 occurs, the continuous frequency notification effect executed in the second variable period T2 becomes the second frequency notification effect. Further, the effect control CPU 31a that executes the continuation number notification effect during the second variable period T2 functions as a second number notification control means.

Therefore, according to this embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (51) of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(52) In the first variable period T1, the remaining number of special figure variable games that have not yet been executed among the special figure variable games with the number of branches or the maximum number of variable times is counted, and the counted number is set as the upper limit. The continuation number notification effect can be executed. In addition, at least in the second variable period T2, the continuous number notification effect can be executed up to the maximum number of times that the special figure variation game for which the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is negative is executed continuously. For this reason, by executing the continuous number notification effect in the first variable period T1 and the second variable period T2, the special variable game in which the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is maintained in a variable state advantageous to the player. The number of times can be recognized by the player. Accordingly, the variable state is maintained for both the first variable period T1 until the special figure change game with the number of branches and the variable limit upper limit is executed and the second variable period T2 after the execution. It is possible to enhance the interest of the expected player.

  (53) By executing the additional number notification effect in the first variable time period T1, the special variation in which the variable state continues after the completion of the special number variation game of the number of times already notified by the continuous number notification effect. The number of games can be additionally notified to the player. Therefore, it is possible to further enhance the interest of the player who is expected to continue the variable state.

  (54) By executing the additional number notification effect in the second variable period T2, the special variation in which the variable state continues after the completion of the special number variation game of the number of times already notified by the continuous number notification effect. The number of games can be additionally notified to the player. Therefore, it is possible to further enhance the interest of the player who is expected to continue the variable state.

  (55) For each of the first variable time period T1 and the second variable time period T2, every time the special figure variable game is newly executed, the special figure variable game that is notified by the continuous number notification effect The number of times is subtracted and re-notified. Therefore, it is possible to make the player easily grasp the remaining number of special figure variation games in which the variable state is reliably continued.

  (56) In any of the first variable period T1 and the second variable period T2, the additional number notification effect is executed in a manner to be added to the number of special figure variable games notified by the continuous number notification effect. Is done. For this reason, it is possible to make the player clearly understand the number of times the variable state is continued.

  (57) The CPU 31a for effect control includes a special figure changing game in which the determination result of the continuation number notification effect based on the remaining number of the special figure changing game of the branching number and the pre-start fall determination determined based on the prefetch command is negative It is made to perform continuously, without distinguishing from the continuous frequency | count notification effect based on the frequency | count performed continuously. Therefore, when the continuation number notification effect is executed over the first variable period T1 and the second variable period T2, it is possible to suppress the player from feeling uncomfortable.

(Third embodiment)
Next, a third embodiment embodying the present invention will be described. When starting the special figure variation game, the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment has the first special figure variation game and the first special game according to the order in which the game balls have entered the first start winning opening 24 or the second starting winning opening 25. The second embodiment is different from the first embodiment and the second embodiment in that a special figure variation game is executed.

First, the special symbol input process will be described.
First, in the present embodiment, the storage upper limit number (4 in the present embodiment) of the first reserved storage number and the storage upper limit number (4 in the present embodiment) of the second reserved storage number are added to the main control RAM 30c. A total of eight storage areas associated with the number of reserved storages = 1 to 8 are provided. In the following description, the reserved memory number obtained by adding the first reserved memory number and the second reserved memory number is referred to as a “total reserved memory number”. In the main control RAM 30c, in addition to various random number values, random number values corresponding to either of the special figure 1 or the special figure 2 are stored in the respective storage areas respectively associated with the total pending storage number = 1 to 8. A winning-ahead flag is stored as information that can identify whether the ball is a starting ball. In other words, from the value of the winning opening flag, it is possible to specify which of the first starting winning opening 24 and the second starting winning opening 25 is a random number value acquired upon detection of entering the starting winning opening. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the value of the winning mouth flag is “0”, it can be specified that the value is a random number value (starting holding ball) related to the special figure 1 (first special figure variation game). On the other hand, when the value of the winning prize flag is “1”, it can be specified that the value is a random number value (starting holding ball) relating to the special figure 2 (second special figure variation game).

  Then, as shown in FIG. 14, in step Sb4, the main control CPU 30a obtains the various random numbers (falling determination random number, big hit determination random number, reach determination random number, special symbol distribution random number, and variation pattern distribution). (Random number for use) is stored in the storage area associated with the total number of pending storage at that time, and “0” is set in the winning prize flag set in the storage area. Similarly, in step Sb9, the main control CPU 30a determines the values of the acquired various random numbers (falling determination random number, jackpot determination random number, reach determination random number, special symbol distribution random number, and variation pattern distribution random number). Then, it is stored in the storage area associated with the total pending storage number at that time, and “1” is set in the winning prize flag set in the storage area.

  As described above, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, various random numbers acquired in response to the detection of entering the first start winning opening 24 and the second starting winning opening 25 in the order of the total number of reserved storage = 1-8. By sequentially storing these values, it is possible to specify the order of the ball entry detection at each of the start winning ports 24 and 25. That is, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the values of various random numbers are stored in the main control RAM 30c in association with the order of ball entry detection. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the main control RAM 30c serves as the order storage means, and the main control CPU 30a serves as the order storage control means.

  In the present embodiment, the process of step Sc11 in the first pre-determination process shown in FIG. 15 and the process of step Sc21 in the second pre-determination process shown in FIG. 16 are omitted. Thus, in the first and second pre-determination processes, the main control CPU 30a executes the probability change state command process (steps Sc13 and Sc23) and the non-probability change state command process (steps Sc14 and Sc24) regardless of the gaming state. To do. Note that the prefetch lower command shown in FIG. 19B is configured so that the total number of pending storages = 1 to 8 can be specified by increasing the number of bits (number of digits).

  With such a configuration, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a non-variable state, a varying state, or a big hit state. A prefetch command relating to special figure 1 (first special figure fluctuation game) and special figure 2 (second special figure fluctuation game) is generated and output to the effect control board 31.

Next, the special symbol start process will be described with reference to FIG.
As shown in FIG. 43, in the special symbol start process, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not a special symbol variation game or a big hit game is being played (step Se30). When the determination result of step Se30 is affirmative (when the special figure variation game or the big hit game is being played), the main control CPU 30a ends the special symbol start process. On the other hand, when the determination result at step Se30 is negative (when the special figure variation game is not being played and the big hit game is not being played), the main control CPU 30a uses the first reserved memory number and the second stored in the main control RAM 30c. The total reserved memory number is calculated from the reserved memory number and specified (step Se31).

  Next, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the total pending storage number specified in step Se31 is greater than 0 (zero) (step Se32). When the determination result of step Se32 is negative (when the total number of pending storages = 0), the main control CPU 30a ends the special symbol start process.

  On the other hand, if the determination result in step Se32 is affirmative (when the total pending storage number> 0), the main control CPU 30a indicates the winning mouth flag stored in the storage area associated with the total pending storage number = 1. A value corresponding to the value is set in the special figure fluctuation processing flag stored in the main control RAM 30c (step Se33). Specifically, in step Se33, the main control CPU 30a determines that the first special figure when the value of the winning prize flag stored in the storage area associated with the total pending storage count = 1 is “0”. “0” is set in the special figure variation processing flag as information that can specify that the variation game is to be executed. In step Se <b> 33, the main control CPU 30 a executes the second special figure variation game when the value of the winning opening flag stored in the storage area associated with the total pending storage number = 1 is “1”. “1” is set in the special figure variation processing flag as information that can be specified to do.

  Next, the main control CPU 30a updates by subtracting 1 from the reserved storage number corresponding to the value of the winning prize flag stored in the storage area associated with the total reserved storage number = 1 (step Se34). That is, in step Se34, when the value of the winning opening flag associated with the total reserved memory number = 1 is “0”, the main control CPU 30a subtracts 1 from the first reserved memory number and updates it. The main control CPU 30a that has updated (subtracted 1) the first reserved memory number controls the display content of the first special symbol display device 22 so as to display the updated first updated memory number (after subtraction). In step Se <b> 34, when the value of the winning opening flag associated with the total reserved memory number = 1 is “1”, the main control CPU 30 a subtracts 1 from the second reserved memory number and updates it. The main control CPU 30a that has updated (subtracted 1) the second reserved memory number controls the display content of the second special symbol display device 23 so as to display the updated second reserved memory number (after subtraction).

  Next, the main control CPU 30a stores various random numbers (fall determination random number, jackpot determination random number, reach determination random number, which are stored in a predetermined storage area of the main control RAM 30c in association with the total pending storage number. And the value of the random number for special figure distribution is read (step Se35). More specifically, the main control CPU 30a sets the earliest stored total stored number = 1 in the eight storage areas respectively associated with the total reserved stored number = 1-8 in the main control RAM 30c. The values of various random numbers stored in the associated storage area are read out. In step Se35, the main control CPU 30a sets the values of various random numbers stored in the storage area associated with the total number of reserved storages = n (where n = 2 to 8) as the first reserved storage number = n. Update storage processing (so-called shift processing) to be stored in the storage area associated with −1 is executed. Thereafter, the main control CPU 30a proceeds to the process of step Se12. Thereby, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, among the various random numbers stored in the main control RAM 30c, the various random numbers stored in association with the earliest entry detection order are used. Then, the processes of steps Se12 to Se27 including the start period fall determination and the start period jackpot determination are executed.

Next, the prefetch command setting process executed by the effect control CPU 31a will be described.
In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect control RAM 31c is provided with a total of eight storage areas respectively associated with the total number of pending storages = 1-8. Then, as shown in FIG. 28, in step Sk2, the effect control CPU 31a can be specified from the input prefetch command among the storage areas associated with the summed pending storage count = 1-8 in the effect control RAM 31c. The value of the prefetch command is stored in the storage area associated with the total pending storage number.

  Then, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect control CPU 31a adds the number of pending storages in the effect control RAM 31c in the first prefetch effect setting process, the second prefetch effect setting process, and the game start process = 1-8. Referring to the value of the prefetch command stored in association with, the process of determining whether or not the prefetch effect can be executed is executed.

  For example, in step Sm2 of the first prefetch effect setting process, all prefetch commands stored in the effect control RAM 31c in association with the total pending storage number smaller than the total pending storage number that can be specified by the currently input prefetch command are stored. Reference is made to determine whether or not all of the referenced prefetch upper commands are D0H. In other words, the effect control CPU 31a makes a determination for all pending special figure variation games. The same applies to step Sn4 of the second prefetch effect setting process and steps So15 and So20 of the game start process.

  In addition, the CPU 31a for effect control causes the prefetch effect to be executed for the special figure variation game that can be specified from the total number of reserved storages in the first prefetch effect setting process, the second prefetch effect setting process, and the game start process.

  For example, in step Sm5 of the first prefetch effect setting process, the effect control CPU 31a sets the first hold change effect to the total hold memory number that can be specified from the value of the prefetch command stored in the prefetch command input process (step Sk2). It is determined as the remaining number of effects indicating the remaining number of special figure variation games to be executed across and stored in the effect control RAM 31c. In other words, the effect control CPU 31a causes the prefetch effect to be executed for all the pending special figure variation games. In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the total number of pending storages is the same for the process of step Sn6 of the second prefetch effect setting process, the number of notifications in step So17 of the game start process, and the determination process of the number of additional notifications in step So22. It is done using.

  According to such a configuration, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the special figure 1 regardless of whether the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the non-changed state or the changed state. A pre-reading effect can be executed for (first special figure fluctuation game) and special figure 2 (second special figure fluctuation game). In addition, in the gaming machine 10 according to the present embodiment, it is possible to execute a prefetch effect across the eight special figure variation games that is the upper limit number of the total pending storage number.

  Therefore, according to the present embodiment, the effects (1) to (7), (10) to (20), (26) to (51) of the first embodiment, and the effect (52) of the second embodiment. In addition to (57), the following effects can be obtained.

  (58) In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, the special figure 1 (first special figure variation game), regardless of whether the gaming state is the non-variable state or the variable state, And the prefetch effect can be executed for the special figure 2 (second special figure fluctuation game). Therefore, in both the first special figure fluctuation game and the second special figure fluctuation game, the player's expectation for the big hit and the expectation that the probabilistic state will be maintained are enhanced, and the interest is improved. be able to.

  (59) In the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to execute a prefetch effect across the eight special figure variation games which is the maximum number of the total pending storage number. Therefore, in the gaming machine 10 of the present embodiment, compared to the case where the prefetch effect is executed only for the first special figure fluctuation game or only for the second special figure fluctuation game, the number of special figure fluctuation games is increased. It is possible to increase the player's expectation.

In addition, the said embodiment can be actualized in another embodiment (another example) as follows.
The first start winning opening 24 can be formed on the flow path of the game ball from the most downstream (reverse return prevention valve 20a) of the guide path 15b to the second starting winning opening 25. According to such a configuration, particularly in the third embodiment, by storing the first and second starting hold balls up to the upper limit number of the combined hold storage number during the variable speed state, a special number of times can be increased. It is possible to improve the player's interest by executing a pre-reading effect across the variable game.

  In the third embodiment, the production control CPU 31a starts using the fall determination random number value acquired in response to the ball detection by the start winning ports 24 and 25 in the big hit state (during the big hit game). You may comprise so that control which performs the game production based on the content pattern determined based on the determination result of the previous fall determination may be performed. According to this, regardless of the gaming state of the gaming machine 10, it is possible to always execute a prefetch effect (specific game effect) for both the first special figure variation game and the second special figure variation game. In particular, in the big hit state (during the big hit game), since the special figure variation game is not executed, the first reserved memory number and the second reserved memory number are easily stored up to the upper limit. A pre-reading effect can be executed for a game, and the interest of the player can be improved for a long time.

  The effect control CPU 31a gives a variable state in which a lottery end condition is set as a variable end condition after the end of the jackpot game, and is executed first after the end of the jackpot game. If the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is affirmative and the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative, it is configured to enable control to execute the notification effect of the specific content. Also good. Here, as shown in FIG. 2, in this example, various obstacles such as game nails and windmills are arranged in the game area 15a of the game board 15, and the upper part of the center role is directed to the right. When the game ball rolls on the first rolling path 40a toward the opening / closing blade, compared to the case where the game ball rolls on the second rolling path 40b heading downward on the left side of the center accessory, It becomes easy for a game ball to enter the second start winning opening 25 in which 27 is open. In the other example, the second operation gate 28b is formed on the first rolling path 40a. For this reason, the first rolling path 40a is a recommended path in the big hit state (during the big hit game) and the variable speed state. On the other hand, when the game ball rolls on the second rolling path 40b, the game ball enters the first start winning opening 24 as compared to the case where the game ball rolls on the first rolling path 40a. It becomes easy to do. For this reason, the second rolling path 40b is a recommended path in the non-variable state.

  Then, when the effect control CPU 31a inputs an opening command for the jackpot game, the effect display device 21 displays an image imitating a character string such as “Please turn right!” As an opening effect, and becomes a recommended route. An operation suggesting effect that prompts the user to operate the firing handle 19a so that the game ball rolls on the first rolling path 40a is executed. In addition, the CPU 31a for effect control displays an image imitating a character string such as “please prepare to return to left-handed” as the notification effect of the specific content during the ending effect, and displays the second rolling path 40b. Preparation for operating the firing handle 19a can be prompted so that the game ball rolls.

  In the first and second embodiments, the pre-reading effect may be executed during the big hit game (big hit state). In this case, in the first and second embodiments in which the second start holding ball is preferentially digested, the effect control CPU 31a is acquired in response to the ball detection by the second start winning opening 25 during the big hit game. Further, it may be configured to enable control to execute a game effect based on the content pattern determined based on the determination result of the pre-start falling determination using the falling determination random number. For example, the CPU 31a for effect control refers to the value of the pre-read command stored in association with the second reserved memory number, triggered by the input of the ending command for jackpot game, and the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is positive In addition, it is determined whether or not the second special figure variation game in which the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is negative is put on hold. Then, when the determination result is negative (when not held), the effect control CPU 31a may control the effect display device 21 to display an image imitating a predetermined character. According to this, in the big hit game, after the big hit game ends, it is possible to improve the interest of the player who is expected to be maintained in the probability variation state.

  The main control CPU 30a may execute the first and second pre-determination processes regardless of the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 and output a prefetch command to the effect control board 31. In this case, the CPU 31a for effect control may determine whether or not the prefetch effect can be executed according to the gaming state of the gaming machine 10. For example, when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is the non-changeable state, the effect control CPU 31a is triggered by the input of the prefetch command for special figure 2 in addition to or instead of the prefetch command for special figure 1 A pre-reading effect may be executed.

  Further, for example, when the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a big hit state or a variable state, the effect control CPU 31a performs control so as not to execute the prefetch effect triggered by the input of the prefetch command for the special figure 1 On the other hand, a prefetch effect may be executed in response to the input of a prefetch command for special figure 2. In the case where the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a big hit state or a variable state, when the presentation control CPU 31a decides to execute the prefetching effect triggered by the input of the prefetching command for the special figure 1, You may comprise so that control which cancels execution of a pre-reading effect by clearing the once produced effect flag and the number of remaining effects may be performed. In this other example, the effect control CPU 31a restricts the execution of the prefetch effect (specific game effect) for the first special figure variation game when it is in the big hit state or variable state (prohibited prohibition) As a means). In addition, when the CPU 31a for effect control executes the prefetch effect when the prefetch command for special figure 2 is input, the set effect flag and the remaining number of effects are not cleared or once cleared. You may do it.

  The CPU 31a for effect control may determine the content pattern of the second scenario effect (prefetch effect) based on the type of jackpot that can be specified from the prefetch command when the variation content that can be specified from the prefetch command is a big hit. For example, the production control CPU 31a may be configured to select the content pattern Yb1 (first route) only when the big hit B is designated by the prefetch command. According to this, since it becomes possible to execute the second scenario effect (specific game effect) with the content pattern that takes into account the type of jackpot, the player's interest in the second scenario effect (specific game effect) can be further improved. Can do.

  The main control CPU 30a may be configured not to execute at least one of the pre-start big hit determination, the pre-start small hit determination, the pre-start reach determination, and the pre-start variation pattern determination. In this case, the prefetch command need not specify the result of the determination to be omitted.

  The main control CPU 30a may generate a look-ahead command that can specify various random number values acquired when the ball is detected and set it in the output buffer. Then, the effect control CPU 31a uses various random number values that can be specified by the input prefetch command, before start fall determination, before start big hit determination, before start small hit determination, before start reach determination, and before start variation. Various determinations such as pattern determination may be performed.

  The main control CPU 30a may select a prefetch command associated with various random number values acquired when the ball is detected and set it in the output buffer. In this case, the main control CPU 30a performs pre-start big hit determination, pre-start small hit determination, pre-start reach determination, and pre-start variation pattern determination by selecting a prefetch command associated with various random number values. You can also grasp that you are doing.

  -Bits 2 to 3 of the prefetch lower command differ depending on whether the type of special figure that can be specified from the prefetch upper command is special figure 1 or special figure 2 (special jackpot symbol of special figure) May be specified. In this case, it is preferable that at least a portion of the jackpot symbol (type of jackpot) be different from the jackpot symbol (type of jackpot) of Special Figure 1 and the jackpot symbol (type of jackpot) of Special Figure 2.

-The look-ahead command does not need to specify the special jackpot symbol (type of jackpot).
The bits 4 to 6 of the prefetch lower command may be configured to be able to specify a group of variation patterns including a plurality of types of variation patterns. That is, a plurality of variation patterns may be associated with one value.

  The main control CPU 30 a generates information that can be specified by the prefetch upper command in the above embodiment and one prefetch command that can specify all information that can be specified by the prefetch lower command, and outputs it to the effect control board 31. May be. In addition, a prefetch command for specifying one or a plurality of pieces of information may be generated and output to the effect control board 31.

  The main control CPU 30a has information (control command) that can specify whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a probable change state each time a special figure variation game is started or a prefetch command is output. Information (control command) that can specify whether or not the state is the variable state may be output to the effect control board 31.

  The main control CPU 30a obtains another random number value different from the value of the big hit determination random number triggered by the ball detection, and uses the other random number value to determine the small hit (pre-start small hit determination, And start period small hit determination).

  A gaming state in which a prefetch command can be output from the main control board 30 (main control CPU 30a) may be changed. For example, the main control CPU 30a determines whether or not the gaming state of the gaming machine 10 is a big hit state (during a big hit game), and generates and outputs a prefetch command when the determination result is affirmative. Good.

  The CPU 31a for effect control is based on the values of various random numbers stored earliest among the special figure fluctuation games whose execution has been suspended and the special figure fluctuation game in which the determination result of the pre-start fall determination is negative. The number of notifications and the number of continuous notifications may be determined within a range that does not exceed the number of consecutively executed games from the special figure variation game.

  The CPU 31a for effect control may be configured to be capable of performing a cumulative number notifying effect for accumulating and notifying the number of special figure variation games executed in the variable state after the big hit game is ended. More specifically, the effect control CPU 31a is stored in the effect control RAM 31c every time a variation pattern designation command is input with the sub-action flag set to “1” after the big hit game is over. The cumulative number of times is incremented by 1 and updated, and the number display image G5 for informing the updated number of times is displayed on the effect display device 21. When the effect control CPU 31a executes the continuation number notification effect, the remaining number image G3 and the number notification image G5 are displayed on the same effect display device 21 or another display device to thereby display the continuation number notification effect and The cumulative number notification effect may be executed in parallel. According to this, it is possible to make the player easily recognize the special figure variation game executed under the variable state.

  The effect control CPU 31a may cause the additional number notification effect to be executed in such a manner that the number of the special figure variable game that is notified by the continuation number notification effect is not subtracted by the execution of the special figure variable game. For example, it is good to fix the number of special figure fluctuation games informed by the continuation number notice effect, or to change to a display that does not indicate the specific number of special figure fluctuation games such as “???”. The same can be applied to the case where the continuation number notification effect and the additional number notification effect are executed in any period of the first variable period T1 and the second variable period T2. According to this, it is possible to make the player more clearly understand the number of times that the variable state or the probable state is continued by the additional number notification effect.

  The count of the special-figure varying game executed to determine the number of notifications in the continuation number notification effect and the number of additional notifications in the additional number notification effect may be executed when different determination conditions (counting conditions) are satisfied. . For example, as the determination condition, the end of the special figure variation game or the end of the big hit game (input of an ending command) can be set.

  In the second embodiment, the CPU 31a for effect control has a range that does not exceed the remaining number of times of the special variation game of the upper limit of the number of times of change and the upper limit of the number of branches as the number of notifications and the number of additional notifications in the first variable period T1. For example, the number of times of 7 times or more may be determined, and the number of times less than 7 times may be determined.

  -As a variation pattern, during the execution of one special drawing variation game, once the decorative drawing variation start (starting effect) is executed until the decorative drawing temporary stop display (end effect) is executed once It is also possible to provide a special variation pattern as a special derivation pattern that can identify a special variation effect as a special derivation effect that is performed by sequentially executing a plurality of fluctuation cycles (unit effects). This special variation effect is a game effect that is displayed as if a plurality of symbol variation games have been executed on the effect display device 21 (so-called pseudo-continuous effect). Hereinafter, a specific example will be described.

  In the special variation pattern, the variation content includes a first variation cycle in which the variation time is set to 13 seconds and a second variation cycle in which reach is formed 13 seconds after the variation cycle is started and various reach effects are executed. Has been identified. The special variation pattern includes a variation pattern (two times in total) consisting of one first variation cycle and one second variation cycle, two first variation cycles, and one second variation. A fluctuation pattern of fluctuation contents (total 3 times) consisting of cycles and a fluctuation pattern of fluctuation contents (total 4 times) consisting of three first fluctuation cycles and one second fluctuation cycle are provided. Further, a high jackpot expectation and a probability variation continuation expectation are set in the order of the total number of first and second fluctuation cycles being 2 <3 << 4. That is, the special variation effect of the present embodiment is different in the effect time from the start of the special figure change game until the reach is formed, and the longer the effect time until the reach is formed, the larger the expected expectation of the big hit And it becomes a game production in which the expected change continuity is high. Note that the first variation cycle may include a reach effect.

  When the special variation pattern is designated in the game start process, the effect control CPU 31a executes the content patterns Yb1 and Yb2 in the same manner as when the second scenario effect is executed across a plurality of second special figure variation games. It is good to comprise so that control which determines and can perform a 2nd scenario production over several fluctuation cycles. According to this, a sense of security or a sense of tension can be given to the player across a plurality of fluctuation cycles, and the interest can be further improved. In this alternative example, it is preferable to execute a break notification effect for notifying that the change cycle is broken, for example, by darkening the display content of the effect display device 21 for a short time between the change cycles.

  ・ For the variation pattern that can be selected when the judgment result of the start period fall judgment and the start period big hit judgment is negative and the judgment result of the start period small hit judgment is affirmative, the first scenario effect by the second route In addition to or instead of the effect pattern that specifies execution, an effect pattern that specifies execution of the first scenario effect by the first route may be associated and selectable. In this case, when the first scenario effect is executed, there is a possibility that a small hit game may be given. Therefore, although the big winning opening 29 is opened in accordance with the execution of the first scenario effect, the jackpot probability is high. You can create a situation that will not be transferred, and have a variation in the transition of the jackpot probability. Therefore, the interest of the player can be further improved.

  A content pattern in addition to the content pattern Yb2 for the selectable variation pattern when the judgment result of the pre-start fall judgment and the pre-start big hit judgment is negative and the pre-start small hit judgment judgment result is affirmative The pattern selection random number value may be distributed so that Yb1 can be selected. In this case, there is a possibility that a small hit game may be given when the second scenario effect is executed, so that the big hit probability of the big winning opening 29 being opened with the execution of the second scenario effect is You can create a situation that will not be transferred, and have a variation in the transition of the jackpot probability. Therefore, the interest of the player can be further improved.

  The effect control CPU 31a may execute the pre-start big hit determination without referring to the gaming state of the gaming machine 10. In this case, the effect control CPU 31a may always execute the pre-start big hit determination using the non-probability change determination value regardless of whether the positive determination is made in the pre-start fall determination.

  ・ When a special jackpot that grants a big hit game in which the opening mode of the big winning opening 29 is the same (or substantially the same) as that of the small hit game is provided, and the game state at the time of winning the special big hit is in a variable state Gives a change state and a probability change state after the end of the jackpot game, while if the game state at the time of winning the special jackpot is an unchangeable state, the non-change state and the probability change state after the end of the jackpot game. It may be given. In this case, during the big hit game based on the small hit game and the special big hit, it is preferable to execute the state change suggestion effect (game effect) by the same (or substantially the same) effect mode. According to this, when the state change suggesting effect is executed, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to recognize whether the game state is a small hit that does not change or a special big hit that is given a probable change state. According to this, after completion of the pre-reading effect, a situation where a big hit game or a small hit game based on a special jackpot is given and a state change suggesting effect is executed is created, and the progress of the game effect including the pre-reading effect is diversified. , Can improve the interest of the player.

  -The mode of the mode effect may be changed. For example, the effect mode may be executed by changing the emission color of the decorative lamp 16 and the type of music to be output from the speaker 17. Moreover, the number of effect modes may be changed, and it is also possible to embody as a gaming machine 10 that does not execute the mode effect.

  -You may change the production aspect of the 1st, 2nd reservation change production. For example, you may make it perform by the aspect which makes the period which blinks the hold image G differ. Further, for example, when a special figure variation game based on a start-holding ball that is the target of a hold change effect is executed, the hold image G corresponding to the special figure change game covers the entire display area in the image display unit GH. In this way, an enlarged display (full screen display) may be used.

-The production mode of the first scenario production may be changed.
-You may change the production mode of the second scenario production. For example, in the second scenario effect, each effect mode M1 is performed until the special figure changing game executed over the second scenario effect is ended (until the special figure changing game for the remaining number of effects is ended). A background image different from -M4 may be displayed on the effect display device 21. In this case, the second scenario effect can also be grasped as a special effect mode indicating that the prefetch effect is being executed.

  The second scenario effect may be executed during a part of the special figure variation game among the special figure variation games of the number of times indicated in the remaining number of productions after the prefetch command is input to the effect control CPU 31a. It may be executed during the interval time set during the special figure variation game. In other words, the production control CPU 31a is triggered by the detection of the incoming ball, after the main control CPU 30a acquires the value of the random number for jackpot determination and the value of the random number for fall determination (after inputting the prefetch command). Among at least a part of the period until the end of the special figure variation game based on the determination result of the big hit determination (starting big hit determination) using the value of the big hit determination random number among the determined random numbers for determination A two-scenario production may be executed.

  The effect control CPU 31a may select the content patterns Yb1 and Yb2 of the second scenario effect and the content patterns Yc1 and Yc2 of the second reserved change effect when the prefetch command is input.

  -You may change the execution aspect of a continuation number notification effect and an additional frequency notification effect. For example, the number of special figure variation games may be notified by the number of lighting lamps (LEDs) in the decorative lamp 16 or the sound output from the speaker 17.

  The continuation number notification effect and the additional number notification effect may be executed in a manner that suggests the number of special figure variation games maintained in the probability variation state (shortening state), for example, “+ ○?”. .

  In the first and second embodiments, if the effect control CPU 31a positions the continuation number notification effect and the additional number notification effect as game effects for notifying the number of special figure variation games in which the probability variation state is continued, You may comprise so that the control performed in 1st variable period T1 is possible.

  If the CPU 31a for effect control embodies the second scenario effect (second hold change effect), the continuation number notification effect, and the additional number notification effect as game effects for notifying the number of times the probability variation state is continued. The control may be configured to be executed in the non-variable state.

The effect control CPU 31a may be configured to enable control to execute a plurality of types of prefetch effects in parallel.
-In the first and second on-hold change effects and the second scenario effect, the higher the number of special figure fluctuation games (special figure fluctuation games that are the targets of the production), the higher the jackpot expectation and the probability change. A continuation expectation may be set.

  -The content pattern of each prefetch effect may include a content pattern in which the same (or substantially the same) jackpot expectation is set for some content patterns, and the same (or substantially the same) probability variation continues for some content patterns. It may include a content pattern in which the degree of expectation is set.

  The CPU 31a for effect control may not clear various information (the remaining number of effects, the effect flag, the content pattern, the number of notifications, etc.) related to the pre-read effect at the start of the big hit game. In this case, if the prefetch effect is being executed in the special figure variation game immediately before the jackpot game is awarded, the effect control CPU 31a may continuously execute the prefetch effect during the jackpot game. It may be resumed after the game ends. In addition, when various information regarding the pre-reading effect is cleared at the start of the big hit game, and re-executed in the opening effect in the big hit game, it can be grasped as execution (start) of the prefetch effect during the big hit game.

  In addition, when the small hit game is given (when the opening command for the small hit game is input), the effect control CPU 31a clears various information related to the prefetch effect and forcibly ends (cancels) the prefetch effect. May be.

  In step Sd13 of the probability variation state command setting process shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the main control CPU 30a determines the jackpot determination random number obtained in the special symbol input process and the aforementioned non-probability variation among the jackpot determination values. It is also possible to execute the pre-start big hit determination by comparing the determination value (common value). That is, the main control CPU 30a may make an affirmative determination when at least the non-probability changing determination value (common value) matches the acquired value of the jackpot determination random number.

  The effect control CPU 31a may determine the effect content (content pattern) of each prefetch effect based only on the determination result of the pre-start fall determination among the variation contents of the special figure variation game indicated by the prefetch command.

-The jackpot probability (number of jackpot judgment values) in the probability variation state and the non-probability variation state may be changed.
・ The random number for fall judgment, random number for big hit judgment, and random number for judgment per common figure may be software random numbers. In this case, the random number generator 30d may be omitted. Moreover, the random number for fluctuation pattern distribution, the random number for reach determination, and the random number for special symbol distribution may be hardware random numbers.

The random number generator 30d (the first random number generation circuit R1 and the second random number generation circuit R2) may be configured to randomly generate a value for each cycle of the internal system clock.
The random number generator 30d may be formed from a single random number generation circuit.

  -You may change the type of jackpot. For example, you may provide the big hit which benefits the big hit game which set the prescribed number of rounds to 8, 12, and 16. In addition, in addition to or instead of the jackpot C, c, which is the upper limit of the number of times of change 50, and the jackpot A, a which is 100 times, the number of times of the speed change granted after the end of the jackpot game is changed. It is also possible to provide a jackpot of 80 times of variation with the number of times being 80 times. Moreover, you may provide the special change and big hit which set 50 times as branching frequency, and 80 times. In addition, a big hit (big hit symbol) that does not give a variable state after the big hit game ends may be provided, and the lottery end condition is changed from the beginning as the variable end condition without setting the number of branches after the big hit game ends. You may provide the big hit (big hit symbol) which gives a state. In addition, a non-probability change big hit (non-probability change big hit symbol) that does not give a probability change state after the end of the big hit game may be provided.

  The effect display device 21 may be embodied in a gaming machine that derives the determination result of the start period big hit determination and the start period small hit determination based on the content of the display image, instead of the symbol variation game by the decorative drawing. In this case, an image imitating a character string such as “Big hit! Congratulations” can be used as the jackpot display result, and an image imitating a character string such as “Sorry!

  -You may actualize as the gaming machine 10 which does not perform prefetching production. In this case, the first and second preliminary determination processes executed by the main control CPU 30a and the prefetch command input process executed by the effect control CPU 31a may be omitted.

  -The start period fall judgment may be executed after the start stage jackpot judgment. Further, the start period fall determination may always be executed in the special symbol start process regardless of the gaming state of the gaming machine 10.

  The main control CPU 30a sets the operation flag to “0” at the start of the special figure variation game instead of the end of the special figure variation game where the branch number termination condition or the number cut termination condition is satisfied. The state may be terminated. That is, the main control CPU 30a may set the operation flag to “0” in accordance with the execution of the special figure variation game with the upper limit number of times of change or the special figure change game with the number of times of branching, and end the variable state. .

  -When the determination result of the probability variation fall determination is affirmative, the main control CPU 30a replaces the time of the start of the special figure variation game in which the determination result of the probability variation fall determination is affirmative (when the special symbol start process is executed). The probability variation flag may be set to “0” at the end of the special figure variation game (when the variation time has elapsed). Further, “0” may be set to the probability variation flag in the special symbol start process in the next special symbol variation game. In the second variable period T2, “0” is set for both the probability change flag and the operation flag.

-When the value of the operation flag is changed from “1” to “0” during a game per game, the main control CPU 30a may close the opening / closing blade 27 to end the game per game. .
・ In the variable state, compared to the non-variable state, the control to improve the winning probability of the lottery per base drawing from low probability to high probability, the fluctuation time of the base drawing game that derives the lottery result of lottery per base drawing ( Or the control for increasing the number of times of opening / closing of the opening / closing blade 27 based on one win in the lottery per ordinary drawing, and the control for increasing the time of opening of the opening / closing blade 27 once. You may comprise by one control among these or the combination of several control.

  In step Se27 of the special symbol start process, the main control CPU 30a may select the variation pattern P1 when in the non-variable state, and may select the variation pattern P2 when in the variable state. That is, in the variable state, the special figure variation game may be executed with a variation pattern that can always specify a shorter variation time than in the non-variable state.

  In step Se27 of the special symbol start process, the main control CPU 30a may select the variation patterns P1 and P2 at the same rate regardless of whether the variable state or the non-variable state.

  -The production control board 31 is a sub-control board, and separately from the production control board 31, the display control board that specially controls the production display device 21, the lamp control board that specially controls the decorative lamp 16, and the speaker 17 An audio control board to be controlled may be provided. In this case, the effect control CPU 31a outputs the effect pattern (sub-variation pattern) selected in the game start process to the display control board, the lamp control board, and the sound control board so that each control board can be controlled in an integrated manner. Good. In this example, the sub control board, the display control board, the lamp control board, and the sound control board constitute sub control means.

The present invention may be embodied in a gaming machine 10 that uses only special drawings.
The following technical idea can be grasped from the above embodiment and other examples.
(A) When the determination result of the jackpot determination is affirmative, the main control means determines a jackpot type from among a plurality of types of jackpots having different bonus contents including the jackpot game. Means for generating the big hit determined by the big hit type determining means when the big hit determination result in the symbol changing game is affirmative before the start of the symbol changing game. Pre-start big hit seed information capable of specifying information on the type is generated, and the sub-control means starts the symbol variation game based on the pre-start big hit seed information input from the main control means. If the big hit determination result in the symbol variation game is affirmative before that time, the big hit type before starting to determine the type of big hit determined by the big hit type determining means A pre-start big hit seed determination means for executing the determination, and the specific content pattern determination means, based on the determination result of the pre-start big hit seed determination, if the determination result of the pre-start big hit seed determination is affirmative The gaming machine according to claim 4, wherein the specific content pattern is determined.

  (B) If the probability information control means does not store the low probability information in the probability information storage means with the execution of the symbol variation game, the variation pattern selection means selects a variation pattern belonging to the first group. On the other hand, when the probability information control means stores the low probability information in the probability information storage means along with the execution of the symbol variation game, a second variation pattern different from the first group is selected. The game machine according to claim 5 or 6, wherein a variation pattern belonging to a group is selected.

  (C) further comprising an opening / closing device operable in an open state in which a game ball can easily enter the start port and in a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter the start port; As the operation information that can specify the operation mode of the device, the normal operation information that can specify that the operation mode of the switchgear is set to the normal operation mode, and the game ball to the start port compared with the normal operation mode The operation information storage means that can store special operation information that can be specified as a special operation mode that improves the entrance rate, and the operation mode that can be specified by the operation information stored in the operation information storage means An opening / closing control means for controlling the opening / closing device, wherein the pre-start information generating means is the variation pattern selecting means based on the determination result of the jackpot determination in the symbol variation game before the start of the symbol variation game. Pre-start variation information that can specify information regarding the variation pattern to be selected is generated, and the sub-control unit is configured to output the symbol variation game based on the pre-start variation information input from the main control unit. Before starting, further comprising a before-start variation determining means for executing a before-start variation determination for determining a variation pattern to be selected by the variation pattern selecting means based on the determination result of the jackpot determination in the symbol variation game, The pre-start information generating means generates a first control command as the pre-start transition information, and generates a second control command as the pre-start variation information. With the same second control command, When the normal operation information is stored in the operation information storage means and when the special operation information is stored, the variation before the start The gaming machine according to any one of claims 5 and 6, as well as the technical idea b, characterized in that the constant is possible to specify different determination results become information.

  (D) The starting port has a first starting port and a second starting port, and the incoming ball detecting means detects a game ball that has entered the first starting port and detects the game ball as the detection signal. There are first entrance detection means for outputting 1 detection signal, and second entrance detection means for detecting a game ball entering the second start port and outputting a second detection signal as the detection signal, The hold storage control means stores the first hold number as the hold number when the first detection signal is input, and sets the second hold number as the hold number when the second detection signal is input. The random number acquisition means stores the value of the random number acquired in response to the input of the first detection signal in association with the first hold number, and on the basis of the input of the second detection signal. The acquired random number value is stored in association with the second reserved number, When the second hold number is stored, the hit determination means performs the jackpot determination using the first determination random number value stored in association with the second hold number, When the second hold number is not stored and the first hold number is stored, the jackpot using the first determination random number value stored in association with the first hold number The pre-start information generation means identifies information related to the variation pattern selected by the variation pattern selection means based on the determination result of the jackpot determination in the symbol variation game before the start of the symbol variation game. Possible start variation information is generated, and the sub-control unit is configured to generate the symbol before the start of the symbol variation game based on the pre-start variation information input from the main control unit. A pre-start variation determining means for performing a pre-start variation determination for determining a variation pattern to be selected by the variation pattern selecting means based on a determination result of the big hit determination in a dynamic game, and the pre-start information generating means is First control as entry detection information that can specify transition information and information on which detection signal of the first detection signal and the second detection signal is generated when the generation of the transition information before start is input A command is generated, and a second control command is generated as the pre-start variation information, and pre-start transition information that can be specified by the first control command is generated by the same second control command. The first variation detection signal is generated when triggered by the input of the first detection signal, and the second variation signal is generated when triggered by the input of the second detection signal. The gaming machine according to any one of claims 5 and 6, and a technical idea b, characterized in that information with different determination results can be specified.

  R1: first random number generation circuit (first random number generation means), R2: second random number generation circuit (second random number generation means), SW1: first start port switch (start detection means, entrance detection means, first input Ball detection means, special entry detection means), SW2 ... second start port switch (start detection means, entry detection means, second entry detection means, special entry detection means), SW4 ... first gate switch (ordinary) Entry detection means), SW5 ... second gate switch (normal entry detection means), Yb1, Yb2 ... content pattern (specific content pattern), YP1, YP2 ... notice pattern (non-specific content pattern, content pattern), 10 ... Pachinko machines (game machines), 16 ... decoration lamps (effect execution means), 17 ... speakers (effect execution means), 21 ... effect display devices (effect execution means, effect display means, game display means, hold display means), 4 ... 1st start winning opening (start opening, 1st starting opening), 25 ... 2nd start winning opening (start opening, 2nd starting opening), 27 ... Opening / closing blade (opening / closing device), 28a ... 1st operation gate ( Normal start port), 28b ... second operation gate (normal start port), 30 ... main control board (main control means), 30a ... main control CPU (detection signal input means, hold storage control means, random number acquisition means, normal Random number acquisition means, special random number acquisition means, pre-start big hit determination means, hit determination means, big hit determination means, special hit determination means, start period big hit determination means, start big hit determination means, transition determination means, pre-start transition determination means, Start period transition determination means, start time transition determination means, small hit determination means, start period small hit determination means, pre-start small hit determination means, big hit seed determination means, variation pattern selection means, pre-start information generation means, start time information Generation means, opening and closing Control means, release control means, release mode control means, probability information control means, motion information control means, motion information determination means, information output means, pre-start information output means, gaming state determination means, information output determination means, change in the number of holds Information output means, non-transition number specifying means, ordinary hit judging means), 30c... Main control RAM (holding storage means, random number storage means, ordinary random number storage means, special random number storage means, probability information storage means, operation information storage means) ), 30d ... random number generator (random number generation means), 31 ... production control board (sub control means), 31a ... production control CPU (production execution control means, first production control means, second production control means, specific contents Pattern determining means, non-specific content pattern determining means, content pattern determining means, pre-start transition determining means, pre-start big hit determining means, pre-start big hit seed determining means, pre-start small hit determining means , Pre-start variation determination means, number counting means, derivation effect control means, game control means, hold display control means), 31c ... effect control RAM (hold number storage means).

Claims (6)

The symbol variation game is executed based on the determination result of the jackpot determination whether or not the jackpot game for which the special winning opening is opened is given or not, and the determination result of the jackpot determination becomes affirmative after the end of the jackpot game. In a gaming machine configured to enable control to shift the big hit probability from low probability to high probability,
Main control means for controlling the entire machine,
Sub-control means for controlling the execution of various game effects according to the control information output by the main control means,
The main control means includes
Probability capable of storing low probability information that can specify that the jackpot probability is low probability and high probability information that can specify that the jackpot probability is high probability as probability information that can specify the jackpot probability Information storage means;
A detection signal input means for inputting a detection signal from the entrance detection means for detecting a game ball that has entered the start port;
With the input of the detection signal as a trigger, a hold storage control unit that stores a hold number, which is the number of symbol variable games that are suspended, in a hold storage unit;
Triggered by the input of the detection signal, a random number value including a first determination random number value and a second determination random number value is acquired, and the acquired random number value is associated with the hold number and a random number storage unit Random number acquisition means to be stored in
At the start of the symbol variation game, using the value of the first determination random number stored in the random number storage means, the jackpot determination by the jackpot probability that can be specified from the probability information stored in the probability information storage means A jackpot judging means for executing
When the determination result of the jackpot determination is negative, the value of the first determination random number used for the jackpot determination, or another random number acquired in response to the input of the same detection signal as the value of the first determination random number A small hit determination means for performing a small hit determination as to whether or not to give a small hit game in which the special winning opening is opened and not to shift the big hit probability using the value of
When the determination result of the jackpot determination is affirmative, the opening mode of the special prize opening is controlled to give a big hit game, and when the determination result of the jackpot determination is affirmative, Opening mode control means for controlling the opening mode to give a small hit game;
When the symbol variation game is executed based on the determination result of the jackpot determination, the second determination random number acquired with the input of the same detection signal as the first determination random number used for the jackpot determination is used. When shifting the jackpot probability from a high probability to a low probability based on a value, probability information control means for storing the low probability information in the probability information storage means,
Before the start of the symbol variation game, the symbol variation game is obtained by using a random number value obtained by using the same entrance detection as the first determination random number value used for the jackpot determination in the symbol variation game. Pre-start information generating means for generating control information capable of identifying various types of information,
Providing information output means for outputting the control information generated by the pre-start information generating means to the sub-control means;
The pre-start information generating means
Using the value of the second random number for determination, generating pre-start transition information capable of specifying information on whether or not the jackpot probability is shifted from a high probability to a low probability as the control information;
Using the random number value used for the small hit determination, the pre-start small hit information that can specify information regarding whether or not the determination result of the small hit determination using the random value is affirmative is generated as the control information And
Generating the number of hold information that can specify the number of hold stored in the hold storage means as the control information,
In the sub-control means,
Based on the pre-start transition information input from the main control means, before the start of whether or not the jackpot probability is shifted from a high probability to a low probability in the symbol variation game before the start of the symbol variation game Pre-start transition determining means for executing transition determination;
Based on the pre-start small hit information input from the main control means, before the start of the symbol variation game, whether or not the determination result of the small hit determination in the symbol variation game is affirmative Pre-start small hit determination means for executing the determination;
Based on the determination result of the pre-start transition determination and the determination result of the pre-start small hit determination, the jackpot probability may be shifted from a high probability to a low probability, and the small hit game is given Specific content pattern determining means for determining a specific content pattern capable of specifying the content of the effect of the specific game effect informing at least one of the possibility of being
Based on the specific content pattern determined by the specific content pattern determination unit, the effect execution unit is controlled, and after the control information is input from the main control unit, the design variation corresponding to the number of holdings that can be specified by the holding number information An effect execution control means for executing the specific game effect in at least a part of a period until the game is ended. In the main control means, the second determination random number obtained at the start of the symbol variation game is triggered by the input of the same detection signal as the value of the first determination random number used in the jackpot determination in the symbol variation game. Using a value, further comprising a start transition determination means for performing a start transition determination whether to shift the jackpot probability from a high probability to a low probability,
2. The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the probability information control means stores the low probability information in the probability information storage means when the determination result of the start transition determination is affirmative.   The effect execution control means is provided with the small hit game during a period from the input of the control information from the main control means to the end of the symbol variation game for the number of holdings that can be specified by the holding number information. The game system according to claim 1, further comprising a control that allows a specific game effect that has been executed before the start of the small hit game to be continuously executed after the end of the small hit game. 2. The gaming machine according to 2. The pre-start information generating means uses the value of the first determination random number used for the big hit determination in the symbol variation game before the start of the symbol variation game. Pre-start jackpot information that can specify information on whether or not the determination result of the jackpot determination is affirmative,
Based on the pre-start big hit information input from the main control means, the sub-control means determines whether the big hit determination result in the symbol change game is affirmative before the start of the symbol change game. Further comprising a pre-start big hit judging means for executing the pre-start big hit judgment,
The specific content pattern determination means determines whether the determination result of the pre-start big hit determination is positive, the determination result of the pre-start small hit determination is positive, and the determination result of the pre-start small hit determination is negative And a specific content pattern capable of specifying the same or substantially the same production content when the determination result of the pre-start transition determination is affirmative. Item 4. The gaming machine according to any one of Items 1 to 3. The main control means includes a fluctuation pattern selection means for selecting a fluctuation pattern capable of specifying the fluctuation time of the symbol fluctuation game based on the determination result of the jackpot determination;
A start time information generating means for generating fluctuation information capable of specifying the fluctuation pattern selected by the fluctuation pattern selecting means;
The information output means is configured to output the information generated by the start time information generation means to the sub-control means,
The sub-control unit further includes a game control unit that controls the game display unit based on a variation pattern that can be specified by variation information input from the main control unit, and displays the symbol variation game.
The variation pattern selecting means can select a variation pattern that can specify the same or substantially the same variation time when the determination result of the small hit determination is affirmative and when the determination result of the small hit determination is negative. The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the gaming machine is configured. The sub-control means is provided with the possibility that the big hit probability may be shifted from a high probability to a low probability when the change information is input from the main control means, and the small hit game is given. A non-specific content pattern determining means capable of determining a non-specific content pattern capable of specifying the production content of the non-specific game effect informing at least one of the possibilities of
The effect execution control means controls the effect execution means based on the non-specific content pattern determined by the non-specific content pattern determination means, and executes the non-specific game effect during execution of the symbol variation game,
The non-specific content pattern determining means includes a case where the fluctuation pattern that can be specified by the fluctuation information input from the main control means is a fluctuation pattern that is selected when the determination result of the jackpot determination is affirmative, When the hit determination result is affirmative, the variation pattern is selected, and when the small hit determination result is negative, and the probability information control means stores the low probability in the probability information storage means. 6. The non-specific content pattern capable of specifying the same or substantially the same production content is selected when the variation pattern is selected when information is stored. Gaming machine.